Atlas Product Manual

Product Reference Manual
www.atlasmetals.com.au
Australia 1300 METALS NZ 0508 2ATLAS

Contents
SECTION
1 Introduction – Stainless and Special Metals
2 Stainless Flat Product
3 DurinoxTM Ferritic Stainless Steels Sheet, Coil and Plate
4 Stainless Steel Pipe and Fittings
5 Stainless Steel Tube and Fittings
6 Carbon Steel Pipe and Fittings
7 Stainless Steel Sections
8 Engineering Bar
9 Aluminium
10 DurinoxTM Stainless Steel Reinforcing Bar
11 Other Products
12 Product Support Services
13 Appendices
Contacts
Australia Sales: 1300 METALS

Technical Services: 1800 818 599
Email: tech@atlasmetals.com.au
New Zealand Sales: 0508 2ATLAS

Technical Services: 0508 METALS
Email: tech@atlasmetals.co.nz
Website: www.atlasmetals.co.nz
Project Services: +61 (3) 9272 9999

Email: projects@atlasmetals.com.au
For branch details please refer to back cover
Introduction – stainless
and special metals
1
Introduction – stainless
and special metals
*
Photography courtesy of Tieman, Stoddart, Outokumpu, Macweld and *Corbis (copyright).

ATLAS SPECIALTY METALS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 1: INTRODUCTION
Introduction
Welcome to Atlas Specialty Metals, the leading stockist and distributor of
stainless and special metals for Australia and New Zealand.
This Reference Manual provides information on the range and grades of 1

stainless and special metals we distribute. It also contains general technical S1
information that may be of interest to users and outlines the processing

facilities and services provided to our customers.
Atlas Specialty Metals The Company
In 1918 Atlas Steels began the manufacturing of tool steels in Canada and by 1938 was
the major producer of tool and specialty steels in the country. In the years since 1918
many of the businesses that Atlas started world wide have been absorbed into other
companies and today the only one still remaining and maintaining the Atlas name in the
specialty metals industry is Atlas Group Holdings Limited which evolved from the
Canadian parent when they established operations in Australia in 1939.
The Distribution business of Atlas Steels changed its trading name to Atlas Specialty
Metals in 2003 to more reflect the nature of the products now being marketed.
In many respects the Atlas of today with operations in Australia, New Zealand, Indonesia
and Thailand remains true to the vision of its forefathers and still retains its focus and
strength in specialty metals but with a larger products base in stainless steels, alloy
steels, aluminium and carbon steels in specialised applications.
The Atlas of today is a fully owned Australian public company, with a distribution
warehousing and metals processing network that encompasses more than 20 major
cities and towns across Australia, New Zealand and South East Asia.
For more information about Atlas, please visit our website at www.atlasmetals.com.au
Conducting business with Atlas Specialty Metals
Atlas, over many years of participation in the specialty metals industry, has built a level
of knowledge and expertise that has helped to build the company to be the largest in its
market and offer superior customer service. We do this by providing:
• a comprehensive range of specialty metal products;
• locations in all States of Australia, New Zealand, and S.E.Asia;
• personnel who can readily understand the specific needs of product users;
• nationally integrated, computer-based stocking and inventory control systems;
• extensive global product sourcing network from reputable mills;
Printed April 2008 www.atlasmetals.com.au

SECTION 1: INTRODUCTION
• warehouse facilities, systems and procedures that cater to the needs of processing and
handling specialty metals;
• a national quality system accredited to ISO9001;
• trained technical support personnel and NATA-accredited laboratory;
• project services dedicated to supplying products to major resource and infrastructure

projects in any region of the world.
2 There is limited production of specialty metals in Australia and New Zealand, with
S1
the majority being imported from overseas mills. Because of this it is most important
that users have a high level of confidence in the product and services supplied by
2 specialty metals stockists/distributors.
S2
Atlas has, through years of participation in the industry, established a network of
reputable mill suppliers to service its customers. These mills have been chosen following
a rigorous selection process based on Atlas criteria of mill adherence to strict product
quality standards, history of reliable supply and support for product in the field.
Atlas supports its customers and suppliers with experienced technical personnel and
laboratory facilities, and sales personnel trained extensively to understand the product
qualities and applications associated with specialty metals.
Terms and conditions of sale

Refer to www.atlasmetals.com.au
Limitation of liability
The information contained in this handbook is not intended to be an exhaustive
statement of all relevant data applicable to special and general metal products. It has
been designed as a guide for customers to the products and services Atlas Specialty
Metals can offer. No responsibility is implied or accepted for or in conjunction with
quality or standard of any product or its suitability for any purpose or use.
It is the responsibility of the user to ensure product specified is fit for the purpose
intended.
All conditions, warranties, obligations and liabilities of any kind which are or may be
implied or imposed to the contrary by any statute, rule or regulation or under the
general law and whether arising from the negligence of the company, its servants
or otherwise are hereby excluded except to the extent that the company may be
prevented by any statute, rule or regulation from doing so.

SECTION 1: INTRODUCTION – STAINLESS AND SPECIAL METALS
The grades and properties of

stainless steel
Introduction
The group of alloys which today make up the family of stainless steels had their
beginnings in 1913 in Sheffield, England. Harry Brearley was testing a number of alloys 3
for possible gun barrel steels and observed that samples cut from one of these trial S1
heats did not rust. Upon investigation it was shown to contain 13% chromium and
this discovery lead to the development of stainless for use in cutlery, for which Sheffield
became famous. Coincidentally, at about the same time, development work was also
being carried out in France and Germany, which resulted in the production of the first
austenitic stainless steel.
The families of stainless steel
Stainless steels are iron-based alloys containing a minimum of about 10.5% chromium.
The chromium forms a protective self-healing oxide film, which is the reason why this
group of steels has its characteristic ‘stainlessness’ or corrosion resistance. The ability
of the oxide layer to heal itself means that the steel is corrosion-resistant, no matter
how much of the surface is removed.
Although all stainless steels depend on the presence of chromium, other alloying
elements are often added to enhance their properties. The categorisation of stainless
steels is unusual amongst metals in that it is based upon the nature of their metallurgical
structure. Depending on the exact chemical composition of the steel the microstructure
may be made up of the stable phases of austenite or ferrite, a ‘duplex’ mix of these two,
the phase martensite created when some steels are rapidly quenched from a high
temperature, or a structure hardened by precipitated micro-constituents.
The broader group of stainless steels can be viewed by comparison to the more familiar
plain carbon ‘mild’ steels as having the following general characteristics:
• higher work hardening rate;
• higher ductility;
• higher strength and hardness;
• higher hot strength;
• higher corrosion resistance;
• higher cryogenic toughness; and
• lower magnetic response (for austenitic only).
These properties apply particularly to the austenitic grades and to varying degrees to
other grades.

Austenitic stainless steels

This group contains at least 16% chromium and 6% nickel (the basic grade 304 is
referred to as 18/8) and range through to the high alloys or ‘super austenitics’ such as
904L and 6% molybdenum grades.
Additional elements can be added such as molybdenum, titanium or copper, to modify

or improve stainless properties, and making them suitable for many critical applications
involving high temperature as well as corrosion resistance. This group of stainless steels
4
is also suitable for cryogenic applications because the effect of the nickel content in
S1
making the steel austenitic avoids the problems of brittleness at low temperatures,
which is a characteristic of other types of steel.
The characteristics of the austenitic stainless steels are:
• good corrosion resistance;
• weldable using standard methods and equipment;
• excellent ductility;
• stable austenite structure at all temperatures;
• cannot be hardened by heat treatment;
• harden rapidly when cold worked;
• good strength and scaling resistance at high temperatures;
• excellent cryogenic properties; and
• non-magnetic when annealed.
Ferritic stainless steels

These are plain chromium (10.5 to 30%) grades such as grade 430 and 409 and the
new DurinoxTM F20S, the new alternative to 304. Their moderate corrosion resistance is
improved in the higher alloyed grades (such as 444) and poor fabrication properties
improved in the proprietary grade 3CR12.
The characteristics of the ferritic grades are:
• good resistance to corrosion, but generally not as good as the austenitics;
• not as readily welded as austenitics;
• good ductility;
• cannot be hardened by heat treatment;
• can only be moderately hardened by cold work;
• fully magnetic;
• not suitable for use at very low temperatures;
• stable ferrite structure at all temperatures; and
• immune from chloride stress corrosion cracking.

Martensitic stainless steels
Martensitic stainless steels are also based on the addition of chromium as the major
alloying element but with a higher carbon and generally lower chromium content than
the ferritic type, e.g. 12% in grades 410 and 416. Grade 431 has a chromium content
of about 16% but its microstructure is still martensite despite the chromium level due
to the addition of 2% nickel in the composition. The martensitic grades are used in the
hardened condition for high strength applications (eg pump shafts) and high hardness
applications (eg knife blades). 5
S1
The characteristics of martensitic stainless steels are:
• hardenable by heat treatment (quenching and tempering);
• magnetic; and
• have moderate corrosion resistance.
Precipitation hardening stainless steels
These are chromium and nickel containing steels, which can develop very high tensile
strengths. The most common grade in this group is ‘17-4PH’, also known as grade 630, with
the composition of 17% chromium, 4% nickel, 4% copper and 0.3% niobium. The major
advantage of these steels is that they can be supplied in the solution-treated condition, which
is machinable. Following machining, forming, etc. the steel can be hardened by a single, fairly
low temperature ‘aging’ heat treatment which does not cause distortion to the component.
The most common applications are shafts and spindles.
The characteristics of the precipitation hardening steels are:
• hardenable by heat treatment (solution treatment and ageing);
• magnetic; and
• have moderate corrosion resistance.
Duplex stainless steels
Duplex stainless steels such as 2205 (designation indicates 22% chromium and 5%
nickel but also contains 3% molybdenum and 0.15% nitrogen) have microstructures
comprising a mixture of austenite and ferrite.
Duplex austenitic-ferritic steels combine some of the characteristics of each class.
• Resistant to stress corrosion cracking, albeit not quite as resistant as ferritic grades.
• Toughness is superior to ferritics but inferior to that of austenitics.
• Strength is greater than that of the annealed austenitic steels by a factor of two.
• General corrosion resistance equal to or better than 316.
• In general their pitting resistance is superior to 316.
• They do suffer from reduced toughness below -50ºC and after exposure above
300ºC, so are only used between these temperatures.
• Highly resistant to choloride stress corrosion cracking.

Standard classifications
There are many different grades of stainless steel and the American Iron and Steel
Institute (AISI) in the past designated some as standard compositions, resulting in the
commonly used three-digit numbering system, e.g. 304, 316, etc. This role has now
been taken over by the SAE and ASTM who allocate UNS numbers to new grades.
The full range of these standard stainless steel grades is contained in the Iron and Steel
6
S1
Society (ISS) Steel Products Manual for Stainless Steels and in the SAE/ASTM handbook
of Unified Numbering Systems.
Although the majority of stainless steel products sold in Australia and New Zealand
are supplied to American ASTM specifications, we see some references to European
“Euronorms”. These use different grade designations, both numbers and names.
ASTM Grade 304 304L 316 316L 430 2205
UNS No. S30400 S30403 S31600 S31603 S43000 S31803
EN No. 1.4301 1.4306 1.4401 1.4404 1.4016 1.4462
EN Name X5CrNi18010 X2CrNi19-11 X5CrNiMo17-12-2 X2CrNiMo17-12-2 X6Cr17 X2CrNiMoN22-5-3
Certain other grades do not have standard numbers but instead are covered by other
national and international specifications for specialised products.

Stainless Flat Product
2 Stainless
Flat Product
Photography courtesy of Atlas Metal Processors (AMP), Outokumpu and JMA Engineering.
SECTION 2: FLAT PRODUCT: STAINLESS STEEL SHEET, COIL, STRIP AND PLATE
Stainless steel sheet,

coil, strip and plate
Specification
ASTM A240M. Chromium and chromium-nickel stainless steel plate, sheet and strip for
pressure vessels and for general applications.
ASTM 480M. General requirements for flat rolled stainless and heat-resisting steel plate,
sheet and strip.
Production
Stainless steel coil and plate consumed by the Australian and New Zealand market is
supplied from mills throughout the world in hot rolled and cold rolled conditions.
Product Production process Description Abbreviation 1

Hot rolled Hot rolled, annealed Condition and finish preferred for corrosion- No.1 or HRAP S2
and pickled. resisting and heat-resisting applications.
Typically available in thickness 5mm and above.
Cold rolled Hot rolled, annealed, Smooth finish achieved by cold rolling, then 2B
descaled, cold rolled, annealing and pickling, followed by skin pass
annealed, pickled, rolling. Typically available in thickness up
final skin pass rolled. to 8mm.
Stainless steel flat products from coil
The internationally recognised crossover thickness between what is referred to as sheet

and plate is 5.0mm. This is specified in ASTM A480M.
Therefore, sheet is thickness less than 5.0mm and plate is 5.0mm and over.
It is common practice for large stainless steel coils to be brought into Australia and
processed by a specialty metals service centre into smaller coils, sheet, strip and plate.
Product over 12mm is brought into Australia as plate only.
The range of stock of stainless steel flat products produced from large coil is limited to
mill production constraints in thickness, width and grade and the processing equipment
at the coil service centre.

SECTION 2: FLAT PRODUCT: STAINLESS STEEL SHEET, COIL, STRIP AND PLATE
Flat products processing line
Polisher to cut to length line
Jumbo coil
to coil/narrow strip line
Sheets
Cut to length line

1 tonne coil
Decoil and slit
2
S2 Narrow strips
Surface finishes
The following stainless steel finishes are commonly used in the Australian and
New Zealand market.
Finish Description
2B The general-purpose, cold rolled, smooth finish obtained as a result of a final light pass through
polished rolls at the mill.
BA Bright annealed finish is a bright, cold rolled, highly reflective finish retained by final annealing
in a controlled atmosphere furnace. The finish has large application in the appliance and
automotive industry and as a decorative finish in architecture.
The brightness and reflectivity is a function of thickness and grade. Consultation is recommended
prior to specification in architectural applications. BA finish is usually supplied with a PE or PVC
coating as a surface protection.
No.4 Produced from 2B finish often by a service centre rather than the production mill.
It is a general-purpose ground polished finish used widely for kitchen equipment and applications
requiring a decorative linished finish. No.4 finish is usually supplied with a PE or PVC coating as a
surface protection.
No.8 Highly reflective ‘mirror’ finish. Produced from 2B finish by polishing with successive finer
abrasives followed by extensive buffing. Mainly used in architectural applications.
Customer-specific A service centre with polishing equipment can produce special finishes for specific applications.

SECTION 2: FLAT PRODUCT: THE ATLAS METALS BULK COIL STOCKING PROGRAM
The Atlas Specialty Metals bulk

coil stocking program
Stainless steel sheet, coil and strip 0.45mm to less than 5mm thick –
ASTM A240M
From many years of experience Atlas Specialty Metals has determined the popular
range of grades, widths and thicknesses to be held in its coil program to service customer demand.
The standard range is as follows.
Coil and strip Sheet

*Length (mm)
Grade Thickness (mm) Coil width (mm) Finish Coating
Imperial Metric
304 0.45 914 2B PE 1829 1800
316 0.55 1219 No.4 2438 2400
0.70 BA 3048 3000
0.90 3658 6000
304 1.20 914 2B PE
316 1.50 1219 No.4
3
1.60 1500 BA S2
2.00
304 2.50 914 2B PE
316 3.00 1219 No.4
1500
304 1.50 2000 2B PE
316 1.60
2.00
3.00
304/304L 4.00 1500 2B PE
316/316L 2000 No.1
430 0.70 914 2B PE
0.90 1219 BA
No.4
AtlasCR12 1.20 1250 2B
AtlasCR12Ti 1.60 1500
2.00
3.00
4.00 1250 No.1
1500
DurinoxTM F20S 0.70 1219 2B PE
0.90 No. 4
1.20
1.50
2.00
DurinoxTM F18MS 0.70 1219 2B PE
0.90 1500 No. 4
1.20
1.50
2.00
Other grades and widths available, but not always ex-stock.

Grades: 301L, 310, 321, 2205, 253MA.
Widths (mm): 600, 750, 900, 1050, 1200, 1524.
Product outside the standard range can be indented from overseas mills or stocked by special
arrangement.
*Through our processing facilities any length up to 15000mm can be produced (refer table p8/S2).

Stainless steel coil plate – ASTM A240M
The most efficient route for a stainless steel production mill to produce plate
(5mm and over) is in coil form. The coil is then further downstream processed
by the mill or through a service centre with equipment to flatten
(often called ‘levelling’) and cut to length.
The maximum plate width produced by mills from coil is 2000mm and the maximum
thickness is 13mm for hot rolled and 8mm for cold rolled.
Atlas, through the AMP coil service centre, has the capability to process large stainless
steel coils in thickness up to 6mm (8mm for aluminium) and in widths to 2000mm.
This enables an extensive range of cold and hot rolled coils to be held with the flexibility
to convert into small coils, sheet, strip and plate in standard and customised lengths.
Grade Thickness (mm) Coil width (mm) Finish

304/304L 5.0 1500 2B
316/316L 6.0 2000 No.1
4
S2 304/304L 8.0 1500 No.1
316/316L 10.0 2000
12.0
AtlasCR12 5.0 1250 No.1
AtlasCR12Ti 6.0 1500
Other grades available, but not always ex-stock.

Grades: 301L, 310, 321, 2205, 253MA.
Coil plate is commonly stocked in dual certified grade, i.e. 304/304L and 316/316L.
Stainless steel quarto plate products – ASTM A240M
Another method of producing stainless steel plate within and beyond the thickness
range of coil production is from a slab of steel that is rolled in the flat condition to a
specified length, width and thickness. The product of this process is commonly referred
to as quarto plate and is available from mills in thickness from 5mm and above and
widths to 4000mm in some thicknesses.
The standard grades and thickness for quarto plate are as follows:
Grades 304/304L, 316/316L, AtlasCR12, 321, 321H, 2205, 253MA

Thickness (mm) 5.0, 6.0, 8.0, 10.0, 12.0, 16.0, 20.0, 25.0, 32.0, 40.0, 50.0
Width (mm) 1500, 2000, 2500
Length (mm) 6000, 7500, 8000
Finish No.1
Non-standard grades, widths and lengths can be obtained to individual customer-specific

requirements.
Quarto plate is commonly stocked as a dual certified grade, i.e. 304/304L and 316/316L.

Stainless steel chequer (floor) plate – ASTM A793
Grades 304
Thickness (mm) 3.18, 4.76, 6.00
Width (mm) 1219,1250 (6mm only)
Length (mm) 2438, 3048, 2500 (6mm only)
Plasma cut processing for plate

Atlas warehouses in Brisbane, Sydney, Melbourne, Perth and Darwin have modern
plasma equipment for the precision profiling of plate shapes.
Processing thickness range is from 3mm to 65mm. Maximum width is 3000mm and
length is 12000mm.
Plasma equipment is supported by modern CAD/CAM control and production programming

facilities. Brisbane branch has a ‘Hi Definition’ plasma machine for processing light gauge
products down to 1.6mm.
5
S2
The Atlas warehouse in Kalgoorlie has modern oxy profile equipment for the precision
profiling of steel plate shapes.
Please contact your sales representative for individual State processing capabilities and
service parameters.
Fixed billing weights for flat rolled stainless steel

Austenitic Ferritic Austenitic Ferritic
Thickness nominal mass nominal mass Thickness nominal mass nominal mass
(mm) (kg/m2) (kg/m2) (mm) (kg/m2) (kg/m2)
0.45 3.68 8.0 65.42 64.11
0.55 4.50 10.0 81.77 80.13
0.70 5.72 12.0 98.12 96.16
0.90 7.36 13.0 106.30 104.17
1.20 9.81 9.61 15.0 122.66 120.21
1.50 12.3 16.0 130.83 128.21
1.60 13.08 12.82 19.0 155.36 152.25
2.00 16.35 16.02 20.0 163.54 160.27
2.50 20.44 20.03 25.0 204.43 200.34
3.00 24.53 24.04 32.0 261.66 256.43
4.0 32.71 32.06 40.0 327.08 320.54
5.0 40.89 40.07 50.0 408.85 400.67
6.0 49.06 48.08
Austenitic stainless steel based on 8177kg/m3.
Ferritic stainless steel based on 8000kg/m3.
Actual weights may vary from the above due to specific grade and dimensional tolerances.

SECTION 2: FLAT PRODUCT: PROCESSING OF STAINLESS STEEL SHEET, COIL, STRIP AND PLATE
Processing of stainless steel

sheet, coil, strip and plate
Atlas Specialty Metals holds an extensive stock of bulk coils at its coil service centre,
Atlas Metal Processors (AMP), located at Warragamba, NSW and offers a service
to provide stainless steel sheet, coil and strip in a range of combinations of thickness,
length, width and finish.
The following presents a guide to the capabilities of this service centre.
The service centre

The AMP service centre is a 6500 square metre warehouse with modern processing
equipment to convert large coils of stainless and aluminium into:
• small coils;
• sheet and plate;
6 • slit strip;
S2
• polished finishes; and
• scotchbrite finishes.
The latest technology has been incorporated in materials handling equipment and
information and communications systems. These complement the state-of-the-art
processing equipment and provide efficient process management and customer service.
Sheet cut to length line

A high speed line optimised for accurate cutting of standard or special length sheets.
The line’s capabilities and features are:
• 0.3-2.mm thickness;
• 200-1580mm width;
• Side trimming unit (minimum 5mm to 40mm maximum per side trim);
• Length validation and feedback system to maintain consistency;
• Stacker automatically sets to order requirement;
• Herr Voss leveller enables automatic set-up feature, which can be activated by gauge
or coil identification number. This feature saves time and material on partly processed
coils held in stock, as the leveller will set up the same parameters previously used;
• Six high Herr Voss leveller enables the bottom surface to be treated with
the same loving care as the top surface (most lines are only four high and a few are
five high). Back up transfer marks are a thing of the past;
• High speed (up to 76m per minute);
• All rolls in contact with the strip are coated to reduce the possibility of scratching;
• Double-sided PE application;
• Paper interleaving;
• 12.5 tonne maximum input coil weight.

Plate cut to length line
This is a complete processing line that features shears, leveller and stacker.
• 500-2000mm processing width;
• 1.6-6mm stainless steel thickness and to 8mm for aluminium;
• 700-15000mm length;
• in-line double sided PE applicator; and
• 1-14.5 tonne input coil weights.
Polishing line
This line is an Imeas coupled polishing/brushing unit which provides polished and brushed
finishes including, No. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 6 fine, 7, 7 fine, Scotchbrite, Duplo and custom
finishes to meet most needs. 7
S2
Polishing belts are formulated to provide a uniform polished surface. A roughness gauge
is used to measure every coil to verify consistency of finish from coil to coil.
• 0.3-2mm thickness up to 1580mm wide and up to 1220mm wide to 3mm;
• 7.5 tonne back tension coupled with a control system to optimise polishing conditions;
• rolls in contact with steel are coated to minimise the possibility of surface scratching;
• in-line double-sided PE applicator and paper interleaving; and
Slitting line
This line has been designed to provide maximum flexibility in producing high quality slit,
narrow width material.

• 0.3-3mm thickness for stainless steel and 5mm maximum for aluminium;
• minimum 25mm slit width;
• computer-aided shimless slitting process to maintain accuracy of width;
• unique slit coil down-layer to minimise bore scoring;
• rolls in contact with steel or aluminium are coated to minimise the possibility
of surface scratching;
• in-line double sided PE applicator and paper interleaving;
• conventional drag, tension rolls, bridle or combination of tension control;
• pull, loop, driven and combination slitting techniques; and
Materials handling and packaging

Materials handling and packaging for stainless steel sheet, coil and strip are critical to
minimising product damage. A range of innovative solutions has been installed such
as coil-lifting devices that do not damage product, high-speed coil cars for transporting
coils to the processing line and a down-layer for slit coil to minimise bore scratches.
8
S2 One tonne coils are vertically packed with strong top and bottom pallets and a
protective wrap of heavy corex around the coil.
Sheet and plate are packed on strong wooden pallets and with secure strapping to
withstand extensive handling and transportation.
Customised packing is provided subject to enquiry.
Processing parameters
Sheet and plate size limits
Width Length Input coil Outside
Thickness (mm) (mm) mass (tonne) diameter
(mm)
Min. Max. Min. Max. Max. Max.
0.30 - 2.00 200 1580 200 6000 12.5 1650

2.00 - 6.00 500 2000 700 15000 14.5 1650
Sheet and plate length tolerance Sheet and plate squareness tolerance
Thickness Length Tolerance Width Length Squareness
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
0.30-2.00 Up to 5000 +2.0, -0.0 900/914 Up to 3000 4

2.00 x 1500 wide Up to 5000 +3.0, -0.0 Over 3000 to 6000 5
2.01-3.00 Up to 3000 +4.0, -0.0 Over 6000 to 10000 6
Over 3000 to 6000 +6.0, -0.0
1200/1524 Up to 3000 4
Over 6000 to 10000 +10.0, -0.0
Over 3000 to 6000 6
Over 10000 to 15000 +15.0, -0.0
Over 6000 to 10000 8
3.00-6.00 Up to 3000 +4.0, -0.0
2000 Up to 3000 5
Over 3000 to 6000 +6.0, -0.0
Over 3000 to 6000 7
Over 6000 to 10000 +10.0, -0.0
Over 6000 to 10000 10
Over 10000 to 15000 +16.0, -0.0
Note: Length tolerances on double sided plastic coating +7, -nil Special tolerances available on request

Side trim: Available up to 3.0mm thick and 1580mm Sheet and plate flatness tolerance
wide. Side trim allowance is a minimum 5mm per side Thickness Width Amplitude*
from 3mm to 0.7mm and 10mm per side below (mm) (mm) (mm)
0.7mm to a maximum of 40mm per side (allowance is 0.3 - 1.50 900/914 10

the same for slitting). 1200/1524 13
1.51 - 5.00 900/914 10
1200/1524 10
2000 15
5.01 - 6.00 900/914 15
1200/1524 15
2000 15
*Note: Deviation from a straight-edge.
Slit strip
Width Input coil Input coil Outside
Thickness (mm) (mm) mass (tonne) diameter Slit width
(mm) tolerance
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Max. 9
S2
0.3 - 3 (stainless) 200 1580 300 1580 0.5 12.5 1650 ±0.2mm
0.3 - 5 (aluminium)
Polishing
Width Input coil Outside
Thickness (mm) mass (kg) diameter
(mm)
Min. Max. Min. Max. Max.
0.30 - 2.00 300 1580 500 12500 1650

2.01 - 3.00 500 1250 500 12500 1650
Polishing roughness values

Finish Ra (µm)
No.4 0.15 - 0.50

Duplo 0.10 - 0.40
Scotchbrite 0.05 - 0.20
Recoiling
Width Input coil Outside
Thickness (mm) mass (kg) diameter
(mm)
Min. Max. Min. Max. Max.
0.30 - 3.00 200 1580 500 12500 1650

TM
Fe r r i t i c S t a i n l e s s S t e e l s
Sheet, Coil & Plate
Providing Solutions
in Specialty Metals
3
Durinox TM Ferritic Stainless
Steels Sheet, Coil and Plate
Characteristics of “Ferritic” stainless steels
What are Ferritic stainless The effect of Nickel
steels? Nickel is added in amounts of 8% or more to all the common austenitic
stainless steel grades, such as 304 and 316. The nickel has only a minor
• They are straight chromium steels, effect on the corrosion resistance. The principal reason for adding nickel is
containing little or no nickel. to change the crystal structure of the metal from Body Centred Cubic
• Their crystal structure is “Body (bcc) to Face Centred Cubic (fcc); this structure is called austenite.
Centred Cubic” (bcc), as for other Austenitic steels are characterised by very high ductility which improves
ferritic carbon steels (ie. mild formability. The austenitic steels also have excellent weldablity, and both
steel,galvanised steel etc). good toughness at cryogenic temperatures and strength at very high
temperatures and are non magnetic.
• They resist corrosion and oxidation;
they are true stainless steels.
The effect of Molybdenum
• They are highly resistant to stress Molybdenum is added to stainless steels because it greatly improves the
corrosion cracking. resistance to pitting and crevice corrosion, particularly from chlorides. An
• They are fully magnetic. amount of 2% Mo or more is commonly added to steels intended to resist
corrosion in marine environments. The higher the molybdenum contents
• They can in many instances be the greater is the corrosion resistance.
more easily fabricated than
austenitic stainless steels such as The effect of Titanium and Niobium
304 and 316 grades. Titanium and Niobium (also called Columbium) are added to stainless
• Their application and fabrication steels because they are very strong carbide formers. They bind the carbon
performance can be significantly which could otherwise cause sensitisation and intergranular corrosion and
improved with the addition of the thus improve the weldability of stainless steel.
alloying elements of molybdenum,
titanium and/or niobium. Ferritic compared to Austenitic stainless steel
• They often prove better value over
Ferritic Stainless Steel Austenitic Stainless Steel
the product life span than carbon
steels and are significantly less Magnetic Non-magnetic
costly than nickel-containing, Low thermal expansion Higher thermal expansion
austenitic grades of stainless steel. (similar to carbon steel)
1 Excellent high temperature Good high temperature
S3 What do alloying elements
oxidation resistance oxidation resistance
do in stainless steel?
Higher thermal conductivity Lower thermal conductivity
The effect of Chomium Excellent creep resistance Good cheap resistance
Chromium is the indispensable when stabilised with niobium
element that makes stainless steels Easier to cut and work, Higher strength, requiring more force to
“stainless”. In amounts of at least less tool wear manipulate, and increased tool wear
10.5% it forms a very thin, hard
Less prone to spring back Greater spring back
self-repairing chromium oxide surface
during cold forming
layer which resists corrosive attack.
Higher chromium contents give more High yield strength (similar to carbon steel) Lower yield strength than Ferritic grades
corrosion resistance. The same Virtually immune from Highly susceptible to
chromium oxide layer is also effective stress corrosion cracking stress corrosion cracking
in resisting high temperature scaling.
Ferritic compared to Duplex stainless steel
Duplex grades have compositions balanced to give a structure of about
50% ferrite and 50% austenite and therefore have some properties that
are mid-way between the two types. Their thermal expansion for instance
is between that of the ferritic and austenitic grades, and their resistance to
stress corrosion cracking is higher than that of an austenitic but not quite
as good as for the ferritic. The duplex grades do however tend to have
higher strengths than either of the other types. As for all stainless steel
grades the pitting resistance is very largely determined by the content of
chromium, molybdenum and nitrogen – the actual structure is not
Printed April 2008 important.
TM
The Durinox range of Ferritic stainless
steel grades and codes
The DurinoxTM brand For example: • S indicates the stainless steel
Durinox F18MS is determined by: has been stabilised with
Durinox is a registered trademark
TM
• Durinox is a Trademark brand Titanium and/or Niobium to

of Atlas Specialty Metals Pty Ltd
of Atlas Specialty Metals improve weldability.
and is representative of the
durability and corrosion resistance (means durable and rust free). Symbols for other added elements
of stainless steel. In order to • F means it is a Ferritic grade of to improve product characteristics:
simplify the meaning behind the stainless steel. • N – Nickel added to improve
branding of our ferritic stainless forming and stretching.
• 18 is the chromium content as a
steel product offer we have Data sheets are available for each
percentage by volume to provide
introduced a coding system that of the DurinoxTM ferritic grades
corrosion resistance.
identifies the important elements from our sales representatives or
contained within the grade offered • M means molybdenum has the Atlas Specialty Metals website.
which reflects the typical been added to enhance
characteristics of the steel. corrosion resistance.
Five “groups” of Ferritic stainless steels

2
Ferritic stainless steels can be The DurinoxTM range of ferritic selection. Please contact Atlas
S3
divided into five “groups”, grades has been chosen to Technical Services for assistance.
generally segmented by chemical incorporate at least one grade that Australia:
composition which determines the is suitable for each of the first four Telephone Free Call 1800 818 599
characteristics of the grades such groups. The fifth group is highly
New Zealand:
as corrosion resistance and the specialised in application and
appropriate applications they can therefore may require technical Telephone Free Call 0508 METALS
potentially be applied to. input to make the correct grade
Group Characteristics Durinox Grades Typical Applications

1 10-14% chromium, for non or low corrosive F11S, F12N, F12NS Rail wagons, shipping containers,
environments, or for non-aesthetic automotive exhausts, bus and
applications coach frames
2 14-18% chromium content and greater F17 Domestic appliances,
resistance to corrosion over group 1 indoor panels
3 14-21% chromium content and stabilised to F18S, F20S Sinks, heat exchangers
improve weldability and formability. Often (sugar industry), automotive
an acceptable substitute for grade 304 exhausts
4 Molybdenum added for extra corrosion F18MS Hot water tanks, solar water
resistance. Often an acceptable substitute heaters, outdoor panels and
for grade 316 trims
5 Greater than 21% chromium and added Refer Atlas Technical Services Highly corrosive
molybdenum for extra corrosion resistance for assistance in grade selection environments
Printed April 2008 Photo courtesy of Atlas Metal Processors

TM
The Durinox range of Ferritic
stainless steel flat products Printed March 2008
The following table shows the product range of standard DurinoxTM ferritic stainless steel sheets, coil and plate
available from Atlas.
3
S3 Durinox Group
Form Rolling Width (mm) Thickness (mm) Finish
Grade Type
F11S 1 Sheet & Coil CR On application
Sheet & Coil CR 1250 1.2, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5 2B
F12N 1 Plate HR 1500, 2000 8.0, 10.0, 12.0, 16.0, 20.0, 25.0 No.1
F12NS 1 Sheet, Coil & Plate CR, HR 1250, 1500 3.0, 5.0, 6.0 2B, No1
F17 2 Sheet & Coil CR 914, 1219 0.7, 0.9, 1.2 2B, BA
F18S 3 Sheet & Coil CR On application
F20S 3 Sheet & Coil CR 1219 0.7, 0.9, 1.2. 1.5. 2.0 2B, No.4
F18MS 4 Sheet & Coil CR 1219, 1500 0.7, 0.9, 1.2. 1.5. 2.0 2B, No.4
Please contact Atlas for enquiries about less common thicknesses and finishes.
Printed April 2008 Photos courtesy of Atlas Metal Processors and United Group Rail
Considerations in selecting a Ferritic
grade to suit an application
Corrosion resistance These are not covered in this • Avoid rough surface finishes and
publication, but enquiries are favour a fine-polished finish with
Corrosion resistance of stainless
invited. a low Ra value.
steels is determined more by
The following are some useful • Optimise design for “washability”
chemical composition than by
guidelines for improving the grade e.g. min 15° slope on upward
austenitic or ferritic crystalline
selection of ferritic stainless steels facing surfaces.
structure. Stainless steels are
in corrosive environments.
“stainless” because their • Avoid “crevice like” geometries.
chromium content gives them • In the case of an aggressive
environment, select a grade with • Keep surfaces clean by regular
exceptional resistance to
a higher chromium and/or washing to avoid staining and
corrosion. A comparison of the
molybdenum content. dust accumulation.
corrosion resistance properties of
ferritic and austenitic grades • The stainless steel grade PRE 4
shows that the corrosion (pitting resistance equivalent) is S3
resistance of most nickel a useful guide to its corrosion
containing (austenitic) grades can resistance. The higher the
be matched by ferritic grades. In number the more corrosion
most cases there are also duplex resistance the steel.
grade alternatives.
Typical Chemical Composition %

Durinox PRE
C Cr Ni Mo Ti + Nb
Grade
F11S 0.01 11 0.20 11
F12N 0.02 11.5 0.4 11.5
F12NS 0.02 11.5 0.4 0.20 11.5
F17 0.05 16.5 17
F18S 0.02 17.5 0.35 17.5
F20S 0.02 21 0.40 21
F18MS 0.02 18 2 0.45 25
PRE = %Cr + 3.3xM0 + 16x%N
Printed April 2008 Photos courtesy of Cookon and Stoddart.

Mechanical properties mechanical characteristics are: • Moderately high tensile
strength (yield and tensile) strengths.
The mechanical properties of a
hardness, toughness and ductility. • Good total elongation, but lower
metallic alloy are those that
describe the material’s ability to Ferritic stainless steels have: than those of the austenitic
compress, stretch, bend, dent and • Stress-strain curves fairly similar grades.
break, and above all the ability of to those of plain carbon steels. • Good ductility, but as for ferritic
the metal to safely carry a load or carbon steels ductility drops at
• Moderately high yield strengths
stress in service. Therefore low temperature.
(generally higher than austenitic
common criteria for evaluating
grades).
Typical Chemical Composition %

Hardness
Tensile Yield Strength Elongation Cold Blend
Durinox Rockwell B Brinell Transverse
Strength 0.2% Proof (% in 50mm)
Grade (HR B) (HB) direction bend
(MPa) min (MPa) min min radius = 1T
max min
F11S 380 170 22 88 179 180°
F12N 455 275 18 HRC20 223 –
F12NS 427 205 22 – – –
F17 450 205 22 89 183 180°
F18S 415 205 22 89 183 180°
F20S 427 205 22 – – –
F18MS 415 275 20 96 217 180°
These values are as listed for flat rolled product in ASTM A240M.
Different limits apply to other products such as bar or tube.
Values for F20S are guven ASTM A240M for grade UNS S44500.
Physical properties Ferritic stainless steels: • Have a thermal coefficient of

5 The physical properties of a
• Are fully ferro–magnetic – they expansion similar to that of
S3
are attracted strongly to a carbon steel.
metallic alloy concern the
magnet. • Are less prone to heat distortion
material’s ability to conduct heat,
conduct electricity, expand or • Have good thermal conductivity compared to austenitic grades.
shrink etc. (better than austenitic).
Physical Properties
Coefficient of
Thermal Specific
Elastic Thermal Electrical
Durinox Density Conductivity Heat
Modulus Expansion Resistivity
Grade (kg/m3) at 100° 0-100°C
(GPa) 0-100°C (n .m)
(W/m.K) (J/kg.K)
( m/m/°C)
F11S 7700 220 11.0 28 460 580
F12N 7700 220 10.8 23 460 580
F12NS 7700 220 10.8 23 460 580
F17 7700 220 10.5 26 460 600
F18S 7700 220 10.5 26 460 600
F20S 7700 220 10.5 23 460 600
F18MS 7700 220 10.5 26 460 600
Printed April 2008

Surface finish – appearance
The surface finishes for ferritic grades of stainless steel are generally similar to those of austenitic and other grades.
If anything, ferritic grades tend to be brighter and more reflective compared to an austenitic grade of the same nominal
finish.
ASTM
Finish Description
Designation
Hot rolled No.1 A relatively rough, dull surface produced by hot rolling to the specified thickness,
followed by annealing and descaling. Commonly associated with plate product.
Cold rolled 2B A general-purpose, cold rolled, smooth finish obtained as a result of a final light
pass through polished rolls at the mill.
Bright annealed BA A bright, cold rolled, highly reflective finish retained by final annealing in a controlled
atmosphere furnace. The brightness and reflectivity is a function of thickness and
grade. Usually supplied with a PE or PVC coating as a surface protection.
General purpose No.4 Produced from 2B finish often by a service centre. It is a general-purpose widely
polished used ground polished finish. Usually supplied with a PE or PVC coating as a
surface protection.
Bright polished No.8 Highly reflective ‘mirror’ finish. Produced from 2B finish by polishing with
successive finer abrasives followed by extensive buffing.
Other Customer Atlas Metals Processors can provide customer-specific finishes for special
Specific applications.
Fabrication and nitrogen contents. Unlike the F12NT. Both have been
austenitic grades however low metallurgically optimised to limit
Joining and Weldability carbon content (i.e. an “L” grade) grain growth, so these grades
Ferritic grades are suited to most does not guarantee freedom from alone amongst ferritics are welded
methods successfully used to join sensitisation. Ferritic grades in heavy plate sections.
other stainless steels – welding, intended for welding are Processes
soldering, brazing, mechanical additionally stabilised with titanium Ferritic grades of stainless steel 6
joining and adhesive bonding. and / or niobium. This is S3
can be welded using arc,
The welding characteristics of particularly important in thin resistance, laser and friction
stainless steels are affected by sections. It is also important that welding techniques. Like other
chemical composition, care is taken in welding to prevent stainless steels they cannot be
metallurgical structure and the pick-up of carbon from other gas welded. All these steels can
physical properties. Ferritic grades sources, such as from the filler be welded by GTAW / TIG, GMAW
have some useful advantages over wire or from carbonaceous / MIG, manual, submerged arc,
austenitic grades when it comes to contaminants on the steel surface. plasma and resistance processes.
welding due to their lower thermal Cleanliness is important. Autogenous TIG welding is
expansion, lower electrical Another limitation is the ferritic possible in gauges up to about
resistivity and higher thermal structure is prone to grain growth 1.5mm.
conductivity. These physical at elevated temperatures. The heat Heat input
properties mean that the affected zone (HAZ) of a weld can Heat input should be kept low
fabrication is less likely to suffer undergo grain growth, which may (approximately 0.25kJ/mm when
distortion during welding, result in reduction of toughness. TIG welding 1.5mm sheet, and
compared with austenitic grades. The thicker the steel being welded lower for MIG welding) for all
But there are also some limitations the more significant is the effect, grades except F12N and F12NS.
that must be taken into account. while low heat input processes The heat input should be the
The ferritic grades are more and practices minimise the effect. lowest that will achieve full
susceptible to sensitisation than Most ferritic stainless steels are penetration. F12N and F12NS
are their austenitic alternatives. therefore only available in gauges should be welded within the range
For this reason most ferritic grades up to about 3mm. Exceptions are 0.5 – 1.5J/mm.
are produced with very low carbon the grades Durinox F12N and
Printed April 2008

Filler metals
Although matching ferritic filler wires are made, it is more common to use
austenitic fillers. These should be selected to match or exceed the required
corrosion resistance.
Grade F11S F12N F12NS F17 F18S F20S F18MS

Filler Wire 308L 309L 309L 309L 308L 308L 316L
Protective gases
Shielding and backing gases should be argon or argon mixes, as below.
CO2 should only be present up to 3% and hydrogen and nitrogen must be
avoided completely.
GTAW / TIG – Argon, Argon + Helium
GMAW / MIG – Argon + 2% CO 2, Argon + 2%CO 2, Argon + 2% CO 2 + Helium
For further assistance on welding please contact Atlas Technical Services.
Formability (eg deep drawing or bending)

Cold forming operations change the shape of strip or sheet product by
subjecting it to plastic strain. The forming operation involves complex tensile
and compressive loading, using a combination of stretching and deep
drawing performance.
Although the overall drawing capacity of austenitic grades is better than that
of ferritic, some ferritic grades show excellent drawing performance and
display higher LDR (Limiting Drawing Ratio) to austenitic. Ferritic grades are
inferior to austenitic in pure stretch forming.
In practice, industrial forming operations usually involve a combination of
both pure drawing and pure stretch deformation. Design, construction and
fabrication parameters and the material properties of the ferritic grade
concerned must be considered together, in order to get the best out of the
drawing process.
The following chart is a great reference to the forming properties of the main
steel groups.
7
S3 Ferritic Austenitic
Carbon Steel
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Structure bcc bcc fcc
Work hardening low low high
Spring back low low high
Deep drawing excellent good good
Stretch forming good good excellent
Ridging no can occur no
crystal structure of the steel: bcc = body-centred cubic fcc = face-centred cubic
For further assistance on applications involving drawing – stretching please contact

Atlas Technical Services.
Cost
Ferritic grades of stainless steel are generally much lower in cost that the alternative
austenitic grade. However, other factors beside price, such as familiarity with existing
product, specification by a design engineer, asset owner’s product preference, also
contribute to the decision of selecting an appropriate steel for a product application. We
therefore encourage our customers to seek the assistance of Atlas sales and technical
staff who can provide support in evaluating the best specialty metals solution possible to
suit a product application.
Printed April 2008 Photo courtesy of Atlas Metal Processors

The grade selection check list
The following check list is presented to assist with the identification of an appropriate ferritic grade to suit an
application. We recommend that this check list be completed and discussed if necessary with your Atlas Specialty
Metals sales representative or Technical Services as a part of the grade selection process.
Response and Comment (provide detail

Criteria Being Assessed Typical Classification where possible)
Description of product being eg. Stainless steel storage tank
manufactured for chemicals
Method of manufacture • Fabricate
• Machine
• Seam roll
• Other
Product status • New
• Existing
Metal requirement • Form Existing item
• Grade
• Dimensions Alternative proposed
Corrosive nature of product that will • Non

come in contact with the metal • Mildly
• Highly
Mechanical operating conditions • Temperature
• Pressure
Environmental operating conditions • Rural
• Urban
• Coastal
• Marine 8
• Industrial
S3
Finish required • No.1
• 2B
• No.4
• BA
• Other
Welding required and method • TIG weld
• Stick weld
Forming required • Bending
• Punching
• Roll forming
• Drawing
• Stretching
Printed April 2008

Typical product applications
The following is a list of typical applications and appropriate grades that may suit.
The list is not exhaustive and users should trial product and assess product
suitability based on their individual requirements.
Ferritic grades of stainless steel have

Durinox Ferritic
Industry Typical Product Application been available for years and proven to
Grades be acceptable in many applications.
Automotive • Exhaust systems F11S, F17 They are not an inferior alternative to
• Decorative trims austenitic grades but a lower cost
• Component parts good alternative in the right
application.
Building & • Hinges and fasteners F12N, F17,
construction • Guttering F20S, F18MS Atlas technical support and sales
• Chimney flues personnel can assist with stainless
steel product selection specific for end
• Roofing
application use but a useful start is to
• Cladding and facades
complete and the “selection check list”
• Doors and balustrades which may assist in the identification
• Lift panels process of a suitable ferritic stainless
Urban furniture •Ticket machines F12N, F18S, steel.
• Electrical boxes F20S, F18MS Additional information to what has
• Telephone housings been provided in this brochure is
• Bus shelters available form the grade data sheet
• Play ground equipment provided on the Atlas web site:
Food commercial • Food preparation equipment F17, F18S, F20S
equipment • Commercial refrigerators Useful Reference:
• Catering trolleys
“The Ferritic Solution” ISSF 2007.
• Display cabinets
Available from the ISSF website
• Food handling equipment
www.worldstainless.org
9 Home & office • Stoves F17, F18S, F20S,
• Cookware and pots F18MS Available from Atlas sales personnel,
S3 or as down-loads from Atlas website
• Dishwashers
• Electrical appliances
• Range hoods Atlas Technical Services
• Kitchen ware Contacts:
• Domestic refrigerator panels
Australia:
• Washing machines
Telephone Free call 1800 818 599,
• Sinks
• Dryers
• BBQ’s New Zealand:
Telephone Free call 0508 METALS,
• Hot water services
Industrial • Cold and hot water tanks F18S, F20S,
• Boilers F18MS
• Heat exchangers
• Solar water heaters
Transportation • Bus & coach body frames F12N, F12NS,

• Sea containers F18S, F20S
• Coal & ore wagons
Medical & hospital • Tables F20S, F18MS
• Trolleys
• Sterilisation cabinets
Printed April 2008

Stainless Steel
Pipe and Fittings
4Stainless Steel
Pipe and Fittings
Photography courtesy of Outokumpu and Arcelor.

SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Stainless steel pipe and fittings

A stainless steel pipe system is the product of choice for carrying corrosive
or sanitary fluids, slurries and gases, particularly where high pressures,
high temperatures or corrosive environments are involved. Due to stainless
steel’s aesthetic properties, stainless steel pipe also used extensively in
architectural applications.
Stainless steel pipe can be generally defined as a heavy wall thickness tubing,
with dimensions as specified by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
Pipe dimensions are specified by outside diameter – indicated by the NPS (imperial) or
DN (metric) designator and sometimes referred to as the ‘nominal bore’– and wall
thickness, reflected in the schedule number. ASME B36.19 covers these dimensions.
Stainless steel pipe and fittings are supplied in the annealed condition to facilitate
fabrication and ensure best corrosion resistance. Atlas Specialty Metals can also supply
stainless steel pipe with an abrasive polished finish suitable for architectural applications.
Welded pipe
Welded stainless steel pipe is manufactured from 2B or HRAP stainless steel strip –
formed (to shape) and longitudinally welded to completed pipe.
All welds are made without the addition of filler metal, except for very large diameters.
Standard welded pipe is in nominal lengths of 6.0 or 6.1 metres.
Manufacturing specification: ASTM A312M – Austenitic.

ASTM A358M – Austenitic (large diameter).
ASTM A790M – Duplex.
Seamless pipe
Seamless stainless steel pipe is produced from hollow billets, which are pierced then
drawn across dies until they reach the final desired pipe size.
Standard seamless pipe is supplied in nominal lengths of 6.1 metres to 150mm (6”) and 1
above this in random lengths. S4
Manufacturing specification: ASTM A312M – Austenitic.

ASTM A790M – Duplex.

Stainless steel piping systems can be joined by butt welding and, in the heavier
40S and 80S schedules, by threaded connections.
The complete piping systems is made possible using complementary fittings and flanges.
These are specified by the same DN or NPS designator and schedule numbering system
as for pipe.
Butt welding pipe fittings
A piping system using butt welding fittings has many inherent advantages over
other forms.
2 • Welding a fitting to the pipe means that it is permanently leakproof.

S2
• The continuous metal structure formed between pipe and fitting adds
strength to the system.
• Smooth inner surface and gradual direction changes reduce pressure losses
and turbulence and minimise the action of corrosion and erosion.
• A welded system utilises a minimum of space.
Atlas Specialty Metals supply butt welding fittings in the following forms.
• Elbows 45˚ and 90˚ – long radius and short radius.
• Return bends 180˚ – long radius and short radius.
• Reducers – concentric and eccentric.
• Tees – equal and reducing.
• Caps.
• Stub ends – Type B, to MSS SP-43.
Butt welding fittings can be supplied in either seamless or welded construction

and are covered by specification ASTM A403M (or ASTM A815M for Duplex grades).
2
S4

Screwed and socket weld fittings
Piping systems can be connected using screwed fittings – BSP threaded (“150lb”)
low pressure fittings and NPT threaded (class 3000) high pressure fittings in Grade 304 or 316.
Socket weld fittings are used in high pressure piping systems and are available in grade
316L to suit schedule 80S wall thickness piping.
Manufacturing specification: ASTM A182M (Class 3000 NPT and socket weld).
ASTM A351 (BSP castings).
ANSI B16.3 (BSP dimensions).
ISO 4144 (BSP dimensions)
Pipe flanges
A flange is a ring of steel (forged, cut from plate, or rolled) designed to connect sections
of pipe, or to join pipe to a pressure vessel, valve, pump or other integral flanged assembly.
Flanges are joined to each other by bolting, and are joined to the piping system by
welding or threading (or loose when stub ends are used).
The basic types of flanges are:
• slip-on • socket weld

• blind • lap joint
• weld neck • orifice
• threaded
Forged stainless steel flanges are designed to the following common pressure ratings:
Classes 150, 300, 600, 900, 1500 and 2500. Standard sealing face is Raised Face (RF).
Manufacturing specification: ASTM A182M.
Plate stainless steel flanges are cut and machined from plate – Table ‘D’, Table ‘E’, etc.
Manufacturing specification: AS2129.
Types and applications of flanges
Slip-on flanges. The flange is slipped over the pipe and then welded both inside and
outside to provide sufficient strength and prevent leakage. Slip-on flanges are also used 3
S4
as loose back-up flanges when stub ends are used.
Blind flanges. This is a flange without a centre bore, used to shut off a piping system
or vessel opening.
Weld neck flanges. Designed to be joined to a piping system by butt welding.

They are relatively expensive due to the weld neck, but are preferred for high-stress
applications.
Lap joint flanges. This is again similar to a slip-on flange, but has a radius at the
intersection of the centre bore and the flange face to accommodate a lap stub end.

4
4
S4
S2
Stock range, dimensions and theoretical weights
Pipe size Schedule 10S Schedule 40S Schedule 80S
Wall Wall Wall
Printed April 2008

OD Weight Grade Weight Grade Weight Grade
DN NPS thickness thickness thickness
(mm) (kg/m) 304/304L 316/316L 2205 (kg/m) 304/304L 316/316L 2205 (kg/m) 304/304L 316/316L 2205
(mm) (mm) (mm)
1
6 /8 10.29 1.24 0.28 1.73 0.36 2.41 0.46
1
8 /4 13.72 1.65 0.49 2.24 0.63 3.02 0.80
3
10 /8 17.15 1.65 0.63 2.31 0.84 3.20 1.10
1
15 /2 21.34 2.11 1.00 2.77 1.27 3.73 1.60
3
20 /4 26.67 2.11 1.27 2.87 1.93 3.91 2.18
25 1 33.41 2.77 2.08 3.38 2.50 4.55 3.29
32 11/4 42.16 2.77 2.69 3.56 3.38 4.85 4.46
PRODUCT AND STOCK RANGE
40 11/2 48.26 2.77 3.11 3.68 4.05 5.08 5.40

50 2 60.30 2.77 3.93 3.91 5.43 5.54 7.48
1
65 2 /2 73.03 3.05 5.25 5.16 8.61 7.01 11.39
80 3 88.90 3.05 6.44 5.49 11.27 7.62 15.32
90 31/2 101.60 3.05 7.39 5.74 13.55 8.08 18.59
100 4 114.30 3.05 8.34 6.02 16.06 8.56 22.31
Stainless steel pipe – seamless – ASTM A312M
125 5 141.30 3.40 11.56 6.55 21.70 9.53 30.94

150 6 168.28 3.40 13.82 7.11 28.30 10.97 42.54
200 8 219.18 3.76 19.93 8.18 42.50 12.70 64.60
250 10 273.05 4.19 27.82 9.27 60.24 12.70 81.42
300 12 323.85 4.57 36.00 9.53 73.78 12.70 97.31
350 14 355.60 4.78 41.30 9.52 81.28 12.70 131.70
400 16 406.40 4.78 47.30 9.52 93.21 12.70 123.18
450 18 457.20 4.78 53.30 9.52 105.14 12.70 139.07
500 20 508.00 5.54 68.60 9.52 117.07 12.70 154.97
550 22 558.80 5.54 75.50 9.52 129.01 12.70 171.07
600 24 609.60 6.35 94.50 9.52 140.94 12.70 186.75
Available Mill sourced
Stock range, dimensions and theoretical weights
Pipe size Schedule 10S Schedule 40S Schedule 80S
Wall Grade Wall Grade Wall Grade
OD Weight Weight Weight
Printed April 2008

DN NPS thickness thickness thickness
(mm) (kg/m) 304/304L 316/316L (kg/m) 304/304L 316/316L (kg/m) 304/304L 316/316L
(mm) (mm) (mm)
1
6 /8 10.29 1.24 0.28 1.73 0.36 2.41 0.46
1
8 /4 13.72 1.65 0.49 2.24 0.63 3.02 0.80
3
10 /8 17.15 1.65 0.63 2.31 0.84 3.20 1.10
1
15 /2 21.34 2.11 1.00 2.77 1.27 3.73 1.60
3
20 /4 26.67 2.11 1.27 2.87 1.93 3.91 2.18
25 1 33.41 2.77 2.08 3.38 2.50 4.55 3.29
1
32 1 /4 42.16 2.77 2.69 3.56 3.38 4.85 4.46
PRODUCT AND STOCK RANGE
1
40 1 /2 48.26 2.77 3.11 3.68 4.05 5.08 5.40
50 2 60.30 2.77 3.93 3.91 5.43 5.54 7.48
65 21/2 73.03 3.05 5.25 5.16 8.61 7.01 11.39

80 3 88.90 3.05 6.44 5.49 11.27 7.62 15.32
1
90 3 /2 101.6 3.05 7.39 5.74 13.55 8.08 18.59
100 4 114.30 3.05 8.34 6.02 16.06 8.56 22.31
Stainless steel pipe – welded – ASTM A312M
125 5 141.30 3.40 11.56 6.55 21.70 9.53 30.94

150 6 168.28 3.40 13.82 7.11 28.30 10.97 42.54
200 8 219.18 3.76 19.93 8.18 42.50 12.70 64.60
250 10 273.05 4.19 27.82 9.27 60.24 12.70 81.42
300 12 323.85 4.57 36.00 9.53 73.78 12.70 97.31
350 14 355.60 4.78 41.30 9.52 81.28 12.70 131.70
400 16 406.40 4.78 47.30 9.52 93.21 12.70 123.18
450 18 457.20 4.78 53.30 9.52 105.14 12.70 139.07 Available
500 20 508.00 5.54 68.60 9.52 117.07 12.70 154.97
550 22 558.80 5.54 75.50 9.52 129.01 12.70 171.07
600 24 609.60 6.35 94.50 9.52 140.94 12.70 186.75
Mill sourced
5
S4
316L welded buttwelding fittings – ASTM A403M
90˚ Elbow 45˚ Elbow Stub end type B Equal tee End cap
Stock range and theoretical weights (kg)

Schedule 10S Schedule 40S
6 90D Elbow45D ElbowEqual Tee
DN
S2 90˚ 45˚ Equal Stub end Stub End Type B
End 90˚Cap 45˚ Equal Stub end End
Elbow Elbow tee 90D Elbow
type 45D
B ElbowcapEqual Tee Stub EndElbow
Elbow Type B Cap tee type B cap
15 0.06 0.03 0.09 0.07 0.03 0.08 0.04 0.10 0.08 0.04
20 0.07 0.03 0.13 0.09 0.05 0.08 0.04 0.17 0.11 0.07
25 0.14 0.08 0.28 0.16 0.08 0.15 0.11 0.29 0.17 0.10
32 0.23 0.11 0.49 0.22 0.10 0.26 0.17 0.59 0.25 0.18
40 0.30 0.17 0.68 0.25 0.11 0.40 0.23 0.86 0.31 0.20
50 0.50 0.25 0.85 0.43 0.13 0.70 0.40 1.28 0.61 0.23
65 0.85 0.48 1.41 0.57 0.19 1.40 0.77 2.19 0.80 0.27
80 1.25 0.63 1.77 0.72 0.25 2.20 1.08 3.31 1.13 0.42
100 2.10 1.08 3.46 1.09 0.68 4.47 1.47 5.27 1.87 1.14
125 3.65 1.82 5.44 1.47 1.11 6.80 2.84 9.63 2.79 2.13
150 5.45 2.72 8.03 2.15 1.42 10.89 5.44 10.99 3.57 3.23
200 10.20 5.33 15.65 3.22 2.38 21.54 10.77 20.91 6.07 5.19
250 18.15 9.75 26.76 5.13 4.45 38.56 19.27 35.38 10.07 9.00
300 25.80 13.62 39.46 8.16 7.50 59.42 29.71 62.14 14.29 15.00
350 36.29 18.34 48.53 10.88 8.17 79.38 35.15 79.31 17.14 16.00
400 47.63 23.81 58.97 12.70 10.67 99.79 45.81 99.79 20.41 21.00
450 59.87 29.94 79.65 17.23 13.00 129.73 59.40 129.73 27.21 26.00
500 99.80 49.90 103.42 21.77 17.00 162.38 74.84 162.39 29.94 34.00
600 140.61 70.31 155.58 27.21 26.00 225.89 105.23 225.90 38.55 52.00
6 Available Mill sourced

S4


90D Elbow45D ElbowEqual Tee
DN
90˚ 45˚ Equal Stub end Stub End Type B
End 90˚Cap 45˚ Equal Stub end End
Elbow Elbow tee 90D Elbow
type 45D
B ElbowcapEqual Tee Stub EndElbow
Elbow Type B Cap tee type B cap
15 0.06 0.03 0.09 0.07 0.03 0.08 0.04 0.10 0.08 0.04
20 0.07 0.03 0.13 0.09 0.05 0.08 0.04 0.17 0.11 0.07
25 0.14 0.08 0.28 0.16 0.08 0.15 0.11 0.29 0.17 0.10
32 0.23 0.11 0.49 0.22 0.10 0.26 0.17 0.59 0.25 0.18
40 0.30 0.17 0.68 0.25 0.11 0.40 0.23 0.86 0.31 0.20
50 0.50 0.25 0.85 0.43 0.13 0.70 0.40 1.28 0.61 0.23
65 0.85 0.48 1.41 0.57 0.19 1.40 0.77 2.19 0.80 0.27
80 1.25 0.63 1.77 0.72 0.25 2.20 1.08 3.31 1.13 0.42
100 2.10 1.08 3.46 1.09 0.68 4.47 1.47 5.27 1.87 1.14
125 3.65 1.82 5.44 1.47 1.11 6.80 2.84 9.63 2.79 2.13
150 5.45 2.72 8.03 2.15 1.42 10.89 5.44 10.99 3.57 3.23
200 10.20 5.33 15.65 3.22 2.38 21.54 10.77 20.91 6.07 5.19
250 18.15 9.75 26.76 5.13 4.45 38.56 19.27 35.38 10.07 9.00
300 25.80 13.62 39.46 8.16 7.50 59.42 29.71 62.14 14.29 15.00
350 36.29 18.34 48.53 10.88 8.17 79.38 35.15 79.31 17.14 16.00
400 47.63 23.81 58.97 12.70 10.67 99.79 45.81 99.79 20.41 21.00
450 59.87 29.94 79.65 17.23 13.00 129.73 59.40 129.73 27.21 26.00
500 99.80 49.90 103.42 21.77 17.00 162.38 74.84 162.39 29.94 34.00
600 140.61 70.31 155.58 27.21 26.00 225.89 105.23 225.90 38.55 52.00
7
S4

Con reducer Stock range and theoretical weights (kg)

DN
Con Ecc Reducing Con Ecc Reducing
reducer reducer tee reducer reducer tee
20x15 0.10 0.10 0.11 0.14 0.14 0.15

25x15 0.12 0.12 0.25 0.15 0.15 0.26
25x20 0.13 0.13 0.25 0.16 0.16 0.27
Ecc reducer 32x20 0.18 0.18 0.44 0.22 0.22 0.52

32x25 0.18 0.18 0.45 0.22 0.22 0.53
8
S2 40x20 0.18 0.18 0.58 0.24 0.24 0.74
40x25 0.19 0.19 0.60 0.26 0.26 0.76
40x32 0.21 0.24 0.61 0.28 0.28 0.77
50x25 0.28 0.28 0.73 0.40 0.40 1.10
50x32 0.30 0.30 0.74 0.44 0.44 1.13
Reducing tee 50x40 0.31 0.31 0.76 0.45 0.45 1.15
65x40 0.44 0.44 1.24 0.76 0.76 1.94
65x50 0.47 0.47 1.25 0.80 0.80 1.98
80x40 0.51 0.51 1.52 0.94 0.94 2.85
80x50 0.55 0.55 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.91
80x65 0.59 0.59 1.59 1.08 1.08 2.98
100x40 0.68 0.68 2.90 1.36 1.36 4.53
100x50 0.78 0.78 2.94 1.57 1.57 4.48
100x65 0.83 0.83 2.97 1.66 1.66 4.54
100x80 0.87 0.87 3.04 1.74 1.74 4.64
125x100 1.49 1.49 5.49 2.98 2.98 8.47
150x80 1.82 1.82 6.86 3.98 3.98 11.94
150x100 1.96 1.96 7.10 4.07 4.07 9.68
150x125 2.00 2.00 7.27 4.07 4.07 9.99
Available 200x100 3.01 3.01 13.46 6.55 6.55 17.98
200x150 3.19 3.19 14.08 6.94 6.94 18.82
8 250x100 4.73 4.73 22.75 10.52 10.52 30.07

S4 Mill sourced 250x150 5.00 5.00 23.55 11.12 11.12 31.13
250x200 5.20 5.20 24.08 11.56 11.56 31.84
300x200 7.67 7.67 34.73 15.98 15.98 54.43
300x250 7.98 7.98 35.52 16.63 16.63 55.79
350x300 15.29 15.29 43.96 30.58 30.58 71.21
400x200 16.70 16.70 49.90 33.40 33.40 84.82
400x250 17.22 17.22 50.80 35.43 35.43 85.73
400x300 18.35 18.35 51.71 36.70 36.70 87.54


DN
Con Ecc Con Ecc
reducer reducer reducer reducer
20x15 0.10 0.10 0.14 0.14

25x15 0.12 0.12 0.15 0.15
25x20 0.13 0.13 0.16 0.16
32x20 0.18 0.18 0.22 0.22
32x25 0.18 0.18 0.22 0.22
40x20 0.18 0.18 0.24 0.24
40x25 0.19 0.19 0.26 0.26
40x32 0.21 0.24 0.28 0.28
50x25 0.28 0.28 0.40 0.40
50x32 0.30 0.30 0.44 0.44
50x40 0.31 0.31 0.45 0.45
Available
65x40 0.44 0.44 0.76 0.76
65x50 0.47 0.47 0.80 0.80
80x40 0.51 0.51 0.94 0.94
Mill sourced
80x50 0.55 0.55 1.00 1.00
80x65 0.59 0.59 1.08 1.08
100x40 0.68 0.68 1.36 1.36
100x50 0.78 0.78 1.57 1.57
100x65 0.83 0.83 1.66 1.66
100x80 0.87 0.87 1.74 1.74
125x100 1.49 1.49 2.98 2.98
150x80 1.82 1.82 3.98 3.98
150x100 1.96 1.96 4.07 4.07
150x125 2.00 2.00 4.07 4.07
200x100 3.01 3.01 6.55 6.55
200x150 3.19 3.19 6.94 6.94
250x100 4.73 4.73 10.52 10.52 9
250x150 5.00 5.00 11.12 11.12 S4
250x200 5.20 5.20 11.56 11.56

300x200 7.67 7.67 15.98 15.98
300x250 7.98 7.98 16.63 16.63
350x300 15.29 15.29 30.58 30.58
400x200 16.70 16.70 33.40 33.40
400x250 17.22 17.22 35.43 35.43
400x300 18.35 18.35 36.70 36.70

316L seamless buttwelding fittings – ASTM A403M

Schedule 10S Schedule 40S Schedule 80S
DN
90˚ 45˚ Equal 90˚ 45˚ Equal 90˚ 45˚ Equal
Elbow Elbow tee Elbow Elbow tee Elbow Elbow tee
8 0.02 0.01 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.07

10 0.03 0.02 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.03 0.06 0.04 0.09
15 0.06 0.03 0.09 0.08 0.04 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.14
20 0.07 0.03 0.13 0.08 0.04 0.17 0.11 0.05 0.20
25 0.14 0.08 0.28 0.15 0.11 0.29 0.22 0.14 0.38
10
S2 32 0.23 0.11 0.49 0.26 0.17 0.59 0.40 0.23 0.68
40 0.30 0.17 0.68 0.40 0.23 0.86 0.51 0.29 1.02
50 0.50 0.25 0.85 0.70 0.40 1.28 0.91 0.59 1.59
65 0.85 0.48 1.41 1.40 0.77 2.19 1.81 0.99 3.13
80 1.25 0.63 1.77 2.20 1.08 3.31 2.97 1.50 4.45
90 1.70 0.75 2.67 2.83 1.42 4.08 4.00 2.00 5.44
100 2.10 1.08 3.46 4.47 2.09 5.27 6.18 2.81 7.71
150 5.45 2.72 8.07 10.89 5.44 10.99 16.32 8.16 13.61
200 10.20 5.33 15.65 21.54 10.77 20.91 33.11 16.56 28.12
250 18.15 9.75 26.46 38.56 19.27 35.38 51.71 25.86 49.90
300 25.80 13.62 39.46 59.42 29.71 62.14 79.38 39.69 83.91

DN
Con Ecc Reducing Con Ecc Reducing Con Ecc Reducing
reducer reducer tee reducer reducer tee reducer reducer tee
40x25 0.19 0.19 0.60 0.26 0.26 0.76 0.34 0.34 0.90
50x25 0.28 0.28 0.73 0.40 0.40 1.10 0.54 0.54 1.37
50x40 0.31 0.31 0.76 0.45 0.45 1.15 0.59 0.59 1.43
80x50 0.55 0.55 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.91 1.79 1.79 3.91
10 100x50 0.78 0.78 2.94 1.50 1.50 4.48 1.95 1.95 6.55
S4 100x80 0.87 0.87 3.04 1.74 1.74 4.64 2.33 2.33 6.79
150x80 1.82 1.82 6.86 3.95 3.95 9.68 5.51 5.51 11.57
150x100 1.96 1.96 7.10 4.07 4.07 11.94 5.96 5.96 11.97
200x100 3.01 3.01 13.46 6.55 6.55 17.98 9.23 9.23 24.18
200x150 3.19 3.19 14.08 6.74 6.74 18.82 10.12 10.12 25.31


DN
90˚ 45˚ Equal 90˚ 45˚ Equal 90˚ 45˚ Equal
Elbow Elbow tee Elbow Elbow tee Elbow Elbow tee
8 0.02 0.01 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.07

10 0.03 0.02 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.03 0.06 0.04 0.09
15 0.06 0.03 0.09 0.08 0.04 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.14
20 0.07 0.03 0.13 0.08 0.04 0.17 0.11 0.05 0.20
25 0.14 0.08 0.28 0.15 0.11 0.29 0.22 0.14 0.38
32 0.23 0.11 0.49 0.26 0.17 0.59 0.40 0.23 0.68
40 0.30 0.17 0.68 0.40 0.23 0.86 0.51 0.29 1.02
50 0.50 0.25 0.85 0.70 0.40 1.28 0.91 0.59 1.59
65 0.85 0.48 1.41 1.40 0.77 2.19 1.81 0.99 3.13
80 1.25 0.63 1.77 2.20 1.08 3.31 2.97 1.5 4.45
90 1.70 0.75 2.67 2.83 1.42 4.08 4.00 2.00 5.44
100 2.10 1.08 3.46 4.47 2.09 5.27 6.18 2.81 7.71
150 5.45 2.72 8.07 10.89 5.44 10.99 16.32 8.16 13.61
200 10.20 5.33 15.65 21.54 10.77 20.91 33.11 16.56 28.12
250 18.15 9.75 26.46 38.56 19.27 35.38 51.71 25.86 49.90
300 25.80 13.62 39.46 59.42 29.71 62.14 79.38 39.69 83.91
Schedule 10S Schedule 40S Schedule 80S Available

DN Con Con Con
reducer reducer reducer
40x25 0.19 0.26 0.34

Mill sourced
50x25 0.28 0.40 0.54
50x40 0.31 0.45 0.59
80x50 0.55 1.00 1.79
100x50 0.78 1.50 1.95 11
100x80 0.87 1.74 2.33 S4
150x80 1.82 3.95 5.51

150x100 1.96 4.07 5.96
200x100 3.01 6.55 9.23
200x150 3.19 6.74 10.12

2205 seamless buttwelding fittings – ASTM A815M
Stock
Stock Range
range and Theoretical
theoretical weights
Weights (kg)
(kg)
DN
90˚ Equal 90˚ Equal 90˚ Equal 3000# 3000#
Elbow tee Elbow tee Elbow tee Elbow Coupling
15 0.06 0.10 0.08 0.10 0.10 0.14 0.37 0.14

20 0.07 0.12 0.08 0.17 0.11 0.20 0.60 0.20
25 0.14 0.13 0.15 0.29 0.22 0.38 1.08 0.39
40 0.30 0.18 0.40 0.86 0.51 1.02 2.45 1.03
50 0.50 0.18 0.70 1.28 0.91 1.59 2.50 1.35
12
S2 80 1.25 0.18 2.20 3.31 2.97 4.45 7.40 3.15
100 2.10 0.19 4.47 5.27 6.18 7.71 13.00 5.80
150 5.45 0.24 10.89 10.99 16.32 13.61 18.50 9.50
2205 seamless buttwelding fittings – ASTM A815M
DN Sch 40S DN Sch 40S Available

Con Reducer Con Reducer
25x15 0.15 80x50 1.00

25x20 0.16 100x80 1.74
Mill sourced
40x25 0.26 150x100 4.07
12
S4

STAINLESS STEEL BUTTWELDING FITTINGS • Dimensions
Buttwelding Fittings to ASME B16.9
Elbows Returns Stub Ends
Nominal size Long Short Caps Reducers
OD Radius of Diam
Long Short Note 1 Long Short
Printed April 2008

90 deg 45 deg 90 deg Fillet of Lap
DN NPS D A B A O K O K E H F F R G
15 1/2 21.3 38 16 76 48 25 76 51 3 35
20 3/4 26.7 38 19 76 51 25 38 76 51 3 43
25 1 33.4 38 22 25 76 56 51 41 38 51 102 51 3 51
32 11/4 42.2 48 25 32 95 70 64 52 38 51 102 51 5 64
40 11/2 48.3 57 29 38 114 83 76 62 38 64 102 51 6 73
50 2 60.3 76 35 51 152 106 102 81 38 76 152 64 8 92
65 21/2 73.0 95 44 64 190 132 127 100 38 89 152 64 8 106
ELBOW
80 3 88.9 114 51 76 229 159 152 121 51 89 152 64 10 127
90 31/2 101.6 133 57 89 267 184 178 140 64 102 152 76 10 140
100 4 114.3 152 64 102 305 210 203 159 64 102 152 76 11 157
125 5 141.3 190 79 127 381 262 254 197 76 127 203 76 11 185
150 6 168.3 229 95 152 457 313 305 237 89 140 203 89 13 218
200 8 219.1 305 127 203 610 414 406 313 102 152 203 102 13 270
250 10 273.0 381 159 254 762 518 508 391 127 178 254 127 13 324
300 12 323.8 457 190 305 914 619 610 467 152 203 254 152 13 381
350 14 355.6 533 222 356 1067 711 711 533 165 330 305 152 13 413
400 16 406.4 610 254 406 1219 813 813 610 178 356 305 152 13 470
450 18 457 686 286 457 1372 914 914 686 203 381 305 152 13 533
500 20 508 762 318 508 1524 1016 1016 762 229 508 305 152 13 584
550 22 559 838 343 559 1676 1118 1118 838 254 508 305 152 13 641
600 24 610 914 381 610 1829 1219 1219 914 267 508 305 152 13 692
650 26 660 991 405 267 610
700 28 711 1067 438 267 610
750 30 762 1143 470 267 610
800 32 813 1219 502 267 610
850 34 864 1295 533 267 610
RETURN
900 36 914 1372 565 267 610
950 38 965 1448 600 305 610
1000 40 1016 1524 632 305 610
1050 42 1067 1600 660 305 610
1100 44 1118 1676 695 343 610
1150 46 1168 1753 727 343 711
1200 48 1219 1829 759 343 711
Note 1: Reducer dimension "H" is based on large end nominal size

Note square
corner
CAP
Enlarged Section
of Lap
REDUCER STUB END
S4
13
S4
14
STAINLESS STEEL BUTTWELDING FITTINGS • Dimensions
Buttwelding Tees and Crosses to ASME B16.9
Nominal Outside Centre Centre-to-End Outlet
Chart of Commom Stainless Steel PipeMGrades
Size Diam. to-end Run
Printed April 2008

Chemical Analysis (%) Specified
DN NPS D C 8 10 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 90 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200
8 3/8 13.7
10 1/4 17.3
15 1/2 21.3 25 25 25 25
20 3/4 26.7 29 29 29 29
25 1 33.4 38 38 38 38
32 11/4 42.2 48 49 48 48 48
40 11/2 48.3 57 57 57 57 57 57
50 2 60.3 64 44 51 57 60 64
65 21/2 73.0 76 57 64 67 70 76
80 3 88.9 86 70 73 76 83 86
90 31/2 101.6 95 79 83 89 92 95
100 4 114.3 105 86 89 95 98 102 105
125 5 141.3 124 105 108 111 114 117 124
150 6 168.3 143 121 124 127 130 137 143
CROSS
200 8 219.1 178 152 156 162 168 178
250 10 273.0 216 184 191 194 203 216
300 12 323.8 254 216 219 229 241 254
350 14 355.6 279 238 248 257 270 279
400 16 406.4 305 264 273 283 295 305 305
450 18 457 343 298 308 321 330 330 343
500 20 508 381 324 333 346 356 356 368 381
550 22 559 419 359 371 381 381 394 406 419
600 24 610 432 384 397 406 406 419 432 432 432
650 26 660 495 422 432 432 444 457 470 483 495
700 28 711 521 448 457 457 470 483 495 508 521 521
750 30 762 559 460 473 483 483 495 508 521 533 546 546 559
800 32 813 597 508 508 521 533 546 559 572 572 584 597
850 34 864 635 533 546 559 572 584 597 597 610 622 635
900 36 914 673 559 572 584 597 610 622 622 635 648 660 673
950 38 965 711 TEE 597 610 622 635 648 648 673 686 698 711 711
1000 40 1016 749 622 635 648 660 673 673 698 711 724 737 749 749
1050 42 1067 762 635 648 660 660 660 698 698 711 711 711 711 711 711 711
1100 44 1118 813 686 686 698 698 698 711 711 724 724 737 749 762 762
1150 46 1168 851 724 724 737 737 737 749 749 762 762 775 787 800 800
1200 48 1219 889 737 737 762 762 762 787 787 787 813 813 813 838 838 838
316L table flanges – AS 2129
Blind table Stock range and theoretical weights (kg)
DN Table D Table E Table D Table E Table D Table E

blind blind pipe pipe tube tube
15 0.30 0.34 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30

20 0.35 0.35 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30
25 0.45 0.65 0.40 0.60 0.40 0.60
32 0.50 0.73 0.40 0.65 0.45 0.65
Table pipe/tube 40 0.65 1.05 0.55 1.00 0.60 1.00
50 1.10 1.35 0.90 1.10 1.00 1.20
65 1.30 1.65 1.05 1.30 1.10 1.35
80 2.00 2.50 1.60 1.95 1.70 2.00
100 2.75 3.55 1.95 2.60 2.10 2.50
125 5.20 5.84 3.45 4.35 3.80 4.75
150 6.10 9.55 3.80 6.10 4.20 7.00
200 9.10 13.70 5.00 7.25 5.45 8.10
250 16.90 23.20 9.20 12.60 10.20 14.10
300 25.30 33.20 12.50 16.40 13.90 18.30
400 44.90 66.00 22.30 31.30 24.10 32.40
304L table flanges – AS 2129
DN Table D Table E Table D Table E Table D Table E

blind blind pipe pipe tube tube
15 0.30 0.34 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30

20 0.35 0.35 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30
25 0.45 0.65 0.40 0.60 0.40 0.60
32 0.50 0.73 0.40 0.65 0.45 0.65
40 0.65 1.05 0.55 1.00 0.60 1.00
Available
50 1.10 1.35 0.90 1.10 1.00 1.20
65 1.30 1.65 1.05 1.30 1.10 1.35
80 2.00 2.50 1.60 1.95 1.70 2.00 15
Mill sourced S4
100 2.75 3.55 1.95 2.60 2.10 2.50
125 5.20 5.84 3.45 4.35 3.80 4.75
150 6.10 9.55 3.80 6.10 4.20 7.00
200 9.10 13.70 5.00 7.25 5.45 8.10
250 16.90 23.20 9.20 12.60 10.20 14.10
300 25.30 33.20 12.50 16.40 13.90 18.30
400 44.90 66.00 22.30 31.30 24.10 32.40

316L forged flanges – ASTM A182M
Blind Slip on Weld neck

Weld neck RF150# Weld neck RF300# Weld
DN Blind Blind Blind Slip on Slip on Slip on
neck RF
RF150# RF300# RF600# RF150# RF300# RF600# Sch 10S Sch 40S Sch 40S Sch 80S 600# 80S
15 0.40 0.60 0.80 0.40 0.60 0.70 0.50 0.50 0.80 0.80 0.90
20 0.60 1.10 1.30 0.60 1.10 1.30 0.70 0.70 1.30 1.30 1.50
25 0.90 1.40 1.60 0.80 1.40 1.50 1.00 1.00 1.50 1.50 1.80
32 1.20 1.80 2.20 1.50 1.70 2.00 1.30 1.30 2.00 2.00 2.50
40 1.50 2.70 3.30 1.30 2.50 3.00 1.70 1.70 2.90 2.90 3.50
50 2.40 3.20 4.20 2.10 2.90 3.60 2.60 2.60 3.40 3.40 4.40
65 3.90 4.90 6.10 3.30 4.30 5.30 4.10 4.10 5.20 5.20 6.40
80 4.90 6.80 8.40 3.90 5.90 7.00 4.90 4.90 6.90 6.90 8.50
100 7.00 11.50 17.30 5.30 9.60 14.50 6.80 6.80 11.20 11.20 17.40
125 8.60 15.60 29.40 6.10 12.50 24.40 8.60 8.60 15.10 15.10 29.20
150 11.30 20.90 36.10 7.50 15.60 28.70 10.60 10.60 19.10 19.10 34.90
200 19.60 34.30 589.00 12.10 24.20 43.40 17.60 17.60 29.90 29.90 53.90
250 28.80 53.30 97.50 16.50 34.10 70.30 24.00 24.00 42.70 42.70 86.50
300 43.20 78.80 124.00 26.20 49.80 84.20 36.50 36.50 61.80 61.80 103.00
350 58.10 105.00 151.00 26.20 69.90 98.70 48.40 48.40 85.80 85.80 122.00
400 76.10 137.00 214.00 44.80 88.10 142.00 60.60 60.60 106.00 106.00 170.00
450 93.70 175.00 272.00 48.90 109.00 173.00 68.30 68.30 131.00 131.00 204.00
500 122.00 221.00 349.00 61.90 134.00 220.00 84.50 84.50 158.00 158.00 254.00
600 188.00 339.00 533.00 86.90 201.00 312.00 119.00 119.00 230.00 230.00 358.00
Available Mill sourced RF = Raised Face

16
S4

304L forged flanges – ASTM A182M

Weld neck RF150# Weld neck RF300# Weld
DN Blind Blind Blind Slip on Slip on Slip on
neck RF
RF150# RF300# RF600# RF150# RF300# RF600# Sch 10S Sch 40S Sch 40S Sch 80S 600# 80S
15 0.40 0.60 0.80 0.40 0.60 0.70 0.50 0.50 0.80 0.80 0.90
20 0.60 1.10 1.30 0.60 1.10 1.30 0.70 0.70 1.30 1.30 1.50
25 0.90 1.40 1.60 0.80 1.40 1.50 1.00 1.00 1.50 1.50 1.80
32 1.20 1.80 2.20 1.50 1.70 2.00 1.30 1.30 2.00 2.00 2.50
40 1.50 2.70 3.30 1.30 2.50 3.00 1.70 1.70 2.90 2.90 3.50
50 2.40 3.20 4.20 2.10 2.90 3.60 2.60 2.60 3.40 3.40 4.40
65 3.90 4.90 6.10 3.30 4.30 5.30 4.10 4.10 5.20 5.20 6.40
80 4.90 6.80 8.40 3.90 5.90 7.00 4.90 4.90 6.90 6.90 8.50
100 7.00 11.50 17.30 5.30 9.60 14.50 6.80 6.80 11.20 11.20 17.40
125 8.60 15.60 29.40 6.10 12.50 24.40 8.60 8.60 15.10 15.10 29.20
150 11.30 20.90 36.10 7.50 15.60 28.70 10.60 10.60 19.10 19.10 34.90
200 19.60 34.30 589.00 12.10 24.20 43.40 17.60 17.60 29.90 29.90 53.90
250 28.80 53.30 97.50 16.50 34.10 70.30 24.00 24.00 42.70 42.70 86.50
300 43.20 78.80 124.00 26.20 49.80 84.20 36.50 36.50 61.80 61.80 103.00
350 58.10 105.00 151.00 26.20 69.90 98.70 48.40 48.40 85.80 85.80 122.00
400 76.10 137.00 214.00 44.80 88.10 142.00 60.60 60.60 106.00 106.00 170.00
2205 forged flanges – ASTM A182M
DN Slip on Weld neck Bossed blind Available

RF150# RF150# RF150#
15 0.40 0.50 0.40

20 0.60 0.70 0.40
Mill sourced
25 0.80 1.00 0.90
40 1.30 73.20 1.50
50 2.10 2.60 2.40
80 3.00 4.90 4.90
100 5.30 157.20 7.00
17
S4
150 7.50 10.60 11.30

S4
18
STAINLESS STEEL FLANGES • Dimensions & Weights
Class 150 Flanges to ASME B16.5 Class 600 Flanges to ASME B16.5
Dimensions Weight (kg) Dimensions Weight (kg)
Nominal Size Nominal Size
Bore Raised Length Thru Hub Bolt Drilling RF Stud RF Mach. Bore Raised Length Thru Hub Bolt Drilling RF Stud
Flange SOW Face SOW, SW Circle Hole Bolt Bolt Bolt Flange Flange SOW Bolt
Flange SOW Face SOW, SW Circle Hole Bolt SOW
Thickness
Printed April 2008

OD Thickness SW Diam. Threaded W Neck Diam. Diam. Bolts Diam. Length Length WN Blind OD SW Diam. Threaded W Neck Diam. Diam. Bolts Diam. Length WN Blind
DN NPS A SW DN NPS A D SW
D B G C C K H B G C C K H
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm No. In mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm No. In mm
15 1/2 88.9 11.2 22.4 35.1 15.8 47.8 60.4 15.7 4 1/2" 60.0 45.0 0.4 0.5 0.4 15 1/2 95.3 14.2 22.4 35.1 22.4 52.3 66.5 15.7 4 1/2" 80.0 0.7 0.9 0.8
20 3/4 98.6 12.7 27.7 42.9 15.8 52.3 69.9 15.7 4 1/2" 65.0 50.0 0.6 0.7 0.6 20 3/4 117.3 15.7 27.7 42.9 25.4 57.2 82.6 19.1 4 5/8" 90.0 1.3 1.5 1.3
25 1 108.0 14.2 34.5 50.8 17.5 55.6 79.2 15.7 4 1/2" 65.0 55.0 0.8 1.0 0.9 25 1 124.0 17.5 34.5 50.8 26.9 62.0 88.9 19.1 4 5/8" 90.0 1.5 1.8 1.6
32 11/4 117.3 15.7 43.2 63.5 20.6 57.2 88.9 15.7 4 1/2" 70.0 55.0 1.0 1.3 1.2 32 11/4 133.4 20.6 43.2 63.5 28.4 66.5 98.6 19.1 4 5/8" 100.0 2.0 2.5 2.2
40 11/2 127.0 17.5 49.5 73.2 22.4 62.0 98.6 15.7 4 1/2" 70.0 60.0 1.3 1.7 1.5 40 11/2 155.4 22.4 49.5 73.2 31.8 69.9 114.3 22.4 4 3/4" 105.0 3.0 3.5 3.3
50 2 152.4 19.1 62.0 91.9 25.5 63.5 120.7 19.1 4 5/8" 80.0 65.0 2.1 2.6 2.4 50 2 165.1 25.4 62.0 91.9 36.6 73.2 127.0 19.1 8 5/8" 105.0 3.6 4.4 4.2
65 21/2 177.8 22.4 74.7 104.6 28.5 69.9 139.7 19.1 4 5/8" 90.0 75.0 3.3 4.1 3.9 65 21/2 190.5 28.4 74.7 104.6 41.1 79.2 149.4 22.4 8 3/4" 120.0 5.3 6.4 6.1
80 3 190.5 23.9 90.7 127.0 30.2 69.9 152.4 19.1 4 5/8" 90.0 75.0 3.9 4.9 4.9 80 3 209.6 31.8 90.7 127.0 46.0 82.6 168.1 22.4 8 3/4" 125.0 7.0 8.5 8.4
90 31/2 215.9 23.9 103.4 139.7 31.8 71.4 177.8 19.1 8 5/8" 90.0 75.0 4.8 6.1 6.2 90 31/2 228.6 35.1 103.4 139.7 49.3 85.9 184.2 25.4 8 7/8" 140.0 8.8 10.7 11.0
100 4 228.6 23.9 116.1 157.2 33.3 76.2 190.5 19.1 8 5/8" 90.0 75.0 5.3 6.8 7.0 100 4 273.1 38.1 116.1 157.2 53.8 101.6 215.9 25.4 8 7/8" 145.0 14.5 17.4 17.3
125 5 254.0 23.9 143.8 185.7 36.6 88.9 215.9 22.4 8 3/4" 90.0 80.0 6.1 8.6 8.6 125 5 330.2 44.5 143.8 185.7 60.5 114.3 266.7 28.4 8 1" 165.0 24.4 29.2 29.4
150 6 279.4 25.4 170.7 215.9 39.6 88.9 241.3 22.4 8 3/4" 100.0 85.0 7.5 10.6 11.3 150 6 355.6 47.8 170.7 215.9 66.5 117.3 292.1 28.4 12 1" 170.0 28.7 34.9 36.1
200 8 342.9 28.4 221.5 269.7 44.5 101.6 298.5 22.4 8 3/4" 110.0 90.0 12.1 17.6 19.6 200 8 419.1 55.6 221.5 269.7 76.2 133.4 349.3 31.8 12 11/8" 195.0 43.4 53.9 58.9
250 10 406.4 30.2 276.4 323.9 49.3 101.6 362.0 25.4 12 7/8" 115.0 95.0 16.5 24.0 28.8 250 10 508.0 63.5 276.4 323.9 85.9 152.4 431.8 35.1 16 11/4" 215.0 70.3 86.5 97.5
300 12 482.6 31.8 327.2 381.0 55.6 114.3 431.8 25.4 12 7/8" 120.0 100.0 26.2 36.5 43.2 300 12 558.8 66.5 327.2 381.0 91.9 155.4 489.0 35.1 20 11/4" 220.0 84.2 103.0 124.0
350 14 533.4 35.1 359.2 412.8 57.2 127.0 476.3 28.4 12 1" 130.0 110.0 34.6 48.4 58.1 350 14 603.3 69.9 359.2 412.8 93.7 165.1 527.1 38.1 20 13/8" 235.0 98.7 122.0 151.0
400 16 596.9 36.6 410.5 469.9 63.5 127.0 539.8 28.4 16 1" 135.0 115.0 44.8 60.6 76.1 400 16 685.8 76.2 410.5 469.9 106.4 177.8 603.3 41.1 20 11/2" 255.0 142.0 170.0 214.0
450 18 635.0 39.6 461.8 533.4 68.3 139.7 577.9 31.8 16 11/8" 150.0 125.0 48.9 68.3 93.7 450 18 743.0 82.6 461.8 533.4 117.3 184.2 654.1 44.5 20 15/8" 275.0 173.0 204.0 272.0
500 20 698.5 42.9 513.1 584.2 73.2 144.5 635.0 31.8 20 11/8" 160.0 135.0 61.9 84.5 122.0 500 20 812.8 88.9 513.1 584.2 127.0 190.5 723.9 44.5 24 15/8" 290.0 220.0 254.0 349.0
600 24 812.8 47.8 616.0 692.2 82.6 152.4 749.3 35.1 20 11/4" 175.0 145.0 86.9 115.0 185.0 600 24 939.8 101.6 616.0 692.2 139.7 203.2 838.2 50.8 24 17/8" 330.0 312.0 358.0 533.0
Class 300 Flanges to ASME B16.5 B

Dimensions Weight (kg) H H
Nominal Size
Bore Raised Length Thru Hub Bolt Drilling RF Stud RF Mach.
Flange D C
Flange SOW Face SOW, SW Circle Hole Bolt Bolt Bolt D
OD SOW
Thickness SW Diam. Threaded W Neck Diam. Diam. Bolts Diam. Length Length WN Blind
DN NPS A D B G C C K H SW
G G
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm No. In mm mm
K K
15 1/2 95.3 14.2 22.4 35.1 22.4 52.3 66.5 15.7 4 1/2" 65.0 55.0 0.6 0.8 0.6 A A
20 3/4 117.3 15.7 27.7 42.9 25.4 57.2 82.6 19.1 4 5/8" 75.0 60.0 1.1 1.3 1.1
25 1 124.0 17.5 34.5 50.8 26.9 62.0 88.9 19.1 4 5/8" 80.0 65.0 1.4 1.5 1.4 BLIND SOCKET WELDING (SW)
32 11/4 133.4 19.1 43.2 63.5 26.9 65.0 98.6 19.1 4 5/8" 80.0 65.0 1.7 2.0 1.8
40 11/2 155.5 20.6 49.5 73.2 30.2 68.3 114.3 22.4 4 3/4" 90.0 75.0 2.5 2.9 2.7
50 2 165.1 22.4 62.0 91.9 33.3 69.9 127.0 19.1 8 5/8" 90.0 75.0 2.9 3.4 3.2 B
H H
65 21/2 190.5 25.4 74.7 104.6 38.1 76.2 149.4 22.4 8 3/4" 100.0 85.0 4.3 5.2 4.9
80 3 215.9 28.4 90.7 127.0 42.9 79.2 168.1 22.4 8 3/4" 110.0 90.0 5.9 6.9 6.8 D C D C
90 31/2 228.6 30.2 103.4 139.7 44.5 81.0 184.2 22.4 8 3/4" 110.0 95.0 7.3 8.7 8.7
100 4 254.0 31.8 116.1 157.2 47.8 85.9 200.2 22.4 8 3/4" 110.0 95.0 9.6 11.2 11.5 G G
125 5 279.4 35.1 143.8 185.7 50.8 98.6 235.0 22.4 8 3/4" 120.0 100.0 12.3 15.1 15.6 K K
150 6 317.5 36.6 170.7 215.9 52.3 98.6 269.7 22.4 12 3/4" 125.0 105.0 15.6 19.1 20.9 A A
200 8 381.0 41.1 221.5 269.7 62.0 112.3 330.2 25.4 12 7/8" 140.0 110.0 24.2 29.9 34.3
250 10 444.5 47.6 276.4 323.9 66.5 117.3 387.4 28.4 16 1" 155.0 130.0 34.1 42.7 53.3 WELDING NECK (WN) SLIP-ON WELDING (SOW)
300 12 520.7 50.8 327.2 381.0 73.2 130.0 450.9 31.8 16 11/8" 170.0 145.0 49.8 61.8 78.8
350 14 584.2 53.8 359.2 412.8 76.2 142.7 514.4 31.8 20 11/8" 175.0 150.0 69.9 85.8 105.0 Note 1: All weights are approximate
Note 2: For Class 150, 300 the flange thickness “D" dimension
400 16 647.7 57.2 410.5 469.9 82.6 146.1 571.5 35.1 20 11/4" 190.0 160.0 88.1 106.0 137.0 includes approx. 1.5mm for the raised face height. For Class
450 18 711.2 60.5 461.8 533.4 88.9 158.8 626.7 35.1 24 11/4" 195.0 170.0 109.0 131.0 175.0 600, 900,1500, 2500 the flange thickness does not include
500 20 774.7 63.5 513.1 584.2 95.3 162.1 685.8 35.1 24 11/4" 205.0 180.0 134.0 158.0 221.0 the raised face height and approx. 6.4mm must be added
600 24 914.4 70.0 616.0 692.2 106.4 168.1 812.8 41.1 24 11/2" 230.0 195.0 201.0 230.0 339.0 to D dimension
Note 3: Bolt length dimensions incorporate the height of the raised
face
Note 4: Welding Neck bore is derived from the pipe schedule
Table D Flanges to AS 2129 Table F Flanges to AS 2129
Dimensions(mm) Weight (kg) Dimensions(mm) Weight (kg)
Nominal Nominal Drilling
Raised Drilling Raised
Size Size
Face Bolt Circle Bolt Hole Number Bolt Size Flange Flange Face Bolt Circle Bolt Hole Number Bolt Size
Printed April 2008

DN OD Thickness Diam Diam Diam of Bolts & Thread SOW Blind H
DN OD Thickness Diam Diam Diam of Bolts & Thread SOW Blind
A D G K H A D G K H D C
15 95 *5 47 67 14 4 M12 0.6 0.6 15 95 10 47 67 14 4 M12 0.6 0.7
20 100 *5 53 73 14 4 M12 0.7 0.7 20 100 10 53 73 14 4 M12 0.7 0.8 G
25 115 *5 65 83 14 4 M12 0.9 1.0 25 120 10 63 87 18 4 M16 0.9 1.0 K
32 120 *6 67 87 14 4 M12 0.9 1.1 32 135 13 74 98 18 4 M16 1.1 1.3 A
40 135 *6 78 98 14 4 M12 1.2 1.4 40 140 13 81 105 18 4 M16 1.2 1.4
50 150 *8 90 114 18 4 M16 1.4 1.7 50 165 16 103 127 18 4 M16 2.2 2.6 SLIP-ON WELDING (SOW)
65 165 *8 103 127 18 4 M16 1.6 2.1 65 185 16 122 146 18 4 M16 2.5 3.0
80 185 *10 122 146 18 4 M16 2.0 2.7 80 205 16 141 165 18 8 M16 3.0 3.8
90 205 *10 141 165 18 4 M16 2.2 3.2 90 215 19 154 178 18 8 M16
100 215 *10 154 178 18 4 M16 2.5 3.6 100 230 19 167 191 18 8 M16 4.3 5.9
125 255 13 186 210 18 8 M16 3.3 4.9 125 280 22 207 235 22 8 M20 7.4 10.1
150 280 13 211 135 18 8 M16 4.0 6.1 150 305 22 232 260 22 12 M20 8.1 11.9
200 335 13 268 292 18 8 M16 5.0 8.8 200 370 35 296 324 22 12 M20 12.7 20.3
250 405 16 328 256 22 8 M20 8.7 15.8 250 430 29 349 381 26 12 M24 18.1 31.4 H
300 455 19 378 406 22 12 M20 11.3 23.6 300 490 32 406 438 26 16 M24 23.9 44.7
D
350 525 22 438 470 26 12 M24 19.6 38.6 350 550 35 459 495 30 16 M27 35.3 63.0
400 580 22 489 521 26 12 M24 22.3 44.9 400 610 41 516 552 30 20 M27 47.6 90.0 G
450 640 25 532 584 26 12 M24 29.0 63.0 450 675 44 571 610 33 20 M30 62.0 120.0
500 705 29 609 641 26 16 M24 39.9 86.0 500 735 51 634 673 33 24 M30 80.0 162.0 K
550 760 29 637 699 30 16 M27 50.0 107.0 550 785 54 685 724 33 24 M30 A
600 825 32 720 756 30 16 M27 58.0 125.0 600 850 57 739 781 36 24 M33 112.0
700 910 35 809 845 30 20 M27 700 935 60 815 857 36 24 M33 BLIND
750 995 41 888 927 33 20 M30 750 1015 67 898 940 36 28 M33
800 1060 41 942 984 36 20 M33 800 1060 68 942 984 36 28 M33
850 1090 44 974 1016 36 20 M33 850 1090 70 974 1016 36 32 M33
900 1175 48 1050 1092 36 24 M33 900 1185 76 1060 1105 39 32 M36
1000 1255 51 1133 1175 36 24 M33 1000 1275 83 1149 1194 39 36 M36
1200 1490 60 1368 1410 36 32 M33 1200 1530 95 1385 1441 42 40 M39
Table E Flanges to AS 2129 Table H Flanges to AS 2129

H
Nominal Drilling Nominal Drilling D C
Raised Raised
Size Size
DN OD Thickness Diam Diam Diam of Bolts & Thread SOW Blind G
K
A D G K H A D G K H
A
15 95 *6 47 67 14 4 M12 0.6 0.7 15 115 13 57 83 18 4 M16 0.8 1.0
20 100 *6 53 73 14 4 M12 0.7 0.8 20 115 13 57 83 18 4 M16 0.9 1.0 WELDING NECK (WN)
25 115 *7 63 83 14 4 M12 0.9 1.0 25 120 14 64 87 18 4 M16 1.1 1.2
32 120 *8 67 87 14 4 M12 1.0 1.1 32 135 17 76 98 18 4 M16 1.5 1.8
40 135 *9 78 98 14 4 M12 1.2 1.4 40 140 17 83 105 18 4 M16 1.7 2.0
50 150 *10 90 114 18 4 M16 1.4 1.7 50 165 19 102 127 18 4 M16 2.6 3.1
65 165 *10 103 127 18 4 M16 1.6 2.1 65 185 19 114 146 18 8 M16 3.1 3.8
80 185 *11 122 146 18 4 M16 2.0 2.7 80 205 22 127 165 18 8 M16 4.3 5.4
90 205 12 141 165 18 8 M16 90 215 22 140 178 18 8 M16
100 215 13 154 178 18 8 M16 2.5 3.6 100 230 25 152 191 18 8 M16 5.8 7.9 H
125 255 14 186 210 18 8 M16 3.7 5.5
125 280 29 178 235 22 8 M20 9.9 12.6
150 280 17 207 235 22 8 M20 5.0 8.3 D
150 305 29 210 260 22 12 M20 10.8 15.4
200 335 19 264 292 22 8 M20 7.1 12.9
250 405 22 328 356 22 12 M20 11.4 21.9 200 370 32 260 324 22 12 M20 18.3 28.2 G
300 455 25 374 406 26 12 M24 15.1 31.8 250 430 35 311 381 26 12 M24 22.1 38.0
K
350 525 29 438 470 26 12 M24 25.3 47.6 300 490 41 362 438 26 16 M24 31.0 58.0
350 550 48 419 495 30 16 M27 47.7 85.0 A
400 580 32 489 521 26 12 M24 31.3 66.0
450 640 35 552 584 26 16 M24 40.8 87.0 400 610 54 483 552 30 20 M27 62.0 118.0 PLATE
500 705 38 609 641 26 16 M24 53.0 114.0 450 675 60 533 610 33 20 M30 105.0 196.0
550 760 44 663 699 30 16 M27 500 735 67 597 673 33 24 M30
600 825 48 717 756 33 16 M30 85.0 195.0 550 785 70 648 724 33 24 M30
700 910 51 806 845 33 20 M30 600 850 76 699 781 36 24 M33
750 995 54 885 927 36 20 M33
800 1060 54 942 984 36 20 M33
850 1090 57 974 1016 36 20 M33 Note 1: All weights are approximate
900 1175 64 1050 1092 36 24 M33 Note 2: A diametrical clearance of 4mm maximum applies to pipe or tube OD for plate flanges
1000 1255 67 1130 1175 39 24 M36 Note 3: The flange thickness "D" dimension included the raised face height
1200 1490 79 1365 1410 39 32 M36 Note 4: Welding Neck bore is derived from the pipe schedule
S4
19
S4
20
Bore Raised Length Thru Hub Bolt Drilling RF Stud Raised Length Thru Hub Bolt Drilling RF Stud
Flange Flange SOW Face SOW, SW W Neck Circle Bolt Flange Flange Bolt
Hole Bolt SOW Face SOW, SW W Neck Circle Hole Bolt
Printed April 2008

OD Thickness SW Diam. Threaded Diam. Diam. Bolts Diam. Length SW WN Blind OD Thickness Diam. Threaded Diam. Diam. Bolts Diam. Length WN Blind
DN NPS A D B G C C K H DN NPS A D G C C K H
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm No. In mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm No. In mm
15 1/2 120.7 22.4 22.4 35.1 31.8 60.5 82.6 22.4 4 3/4" 105.0 1.8 1.9 1.8 15 1/2 133.4 30.2 35.1 39.6 73.2 88.9 22.4 4 3/4" 125.0 3.1 3.0
20 3/4 130.0 25.4 27.7 42.9 35.1 70.0 88.9 22.4 4 3/4" 115.0 2.4 2.6 2.4 20 3/4 139.7 31.8 42.9 42.9 79.2 95.3 22.4 4 3/4" 125.0 3.7 3.5
25 1 149.4 28.4 34.5 50.8 41.1 73.2 101.6 25.4 4 7/8" 125.0 3.6 3.7 3.6 25 1 158.8 35.1 50.8 47.8 88.9 108.0 25.4 4 7/8" 140.0 5.2 5.0
32 11/4 158.8 28.4 43.2 63.5 41.1 73.2 111.3 25.4 4 7/8" 125.0 4.0 4.3 4.1 32 11/4 184.2 38.1 63.5 52.3 95.3 130.0 28.4 4 1" 150.0 7.7 7.4
40 11/2 177.8 31.8 49.5 73.2 44.5 82.6 124.0 28.4 4 1" 140.0 5.5 5.9 5.8 40 11/2 203.2 44.5 73.2 60.5 111.3 146.1 31.8 4 11/8" 170.0 10.9 10.4
50 2 215.9 38.1 62.0 91.9 57.2 101.6 165.1 25.4 8 7/8" 145.0 10.2 10.8 10.1 50 2 235.0 50.8 91.9 69.9 127.0 171.5 28.4 8 1" 175.0 16.2 15.6
65 21/2 244.3 41.1 74.7 104.6 63.5 104.6 190.5 28.4 8 1" 160.0 13.9 15.0 14.0 65 21/2 266.7 57.2 104.6 79.2 142.7 196.9 31.8 8 11/8" 195.0 23.7 22.6
80 3 241.3 38.1 90.7 127.0 53.8 101.6 190.5 25.4 8 7/8" 145.0 11.6 13.7 13.1 80 3 304.8 66.5 127.0 168.1 228.6 35.1 8 11/4" 220.0 36.2 34.8
100 4 292.1 44.5 116.1 157.2 69.9 114.3 235.0 31.8 8 11/8" 170.0 19.7 22.5 26.9 100 4 355.6 76.2 157.2 190.5 273.1 41.1 8 11/2" 255.0 55.3 53.9
125 5 349.3 50.8 143.8 185.7 79.2 127.0 279.4 35.1 8 11/4" 190.0 31.9 37.4 36.5 125 5 419.1 91.9 185.7 228.6 323.9 47.8 8 13/4" 300.0 92.5 90.8
150 6 482.6 108.0 215.9 273.1 368.3 53.8 8 2" 345.0 143.0 141.0
150 6 381.0 55.6 170.7 215.9 85.9 139.7 317.5 31.8 12 11/8" 195.0 41.1 47.7 47.4
200 8 552.5 127.0 269.7 317.5 438.2 53.8 12 2" 380.0 215.0 214.0
200 8 469.9 63.5 221.5 269.7 101.6 162.1 393.7 38.1 12 13/8" 220.0 70.7 81.3 82.5
250 10 673.1 165.1 323.9 419.1 539.8 66.5 12 21/2" 485.0 406.0 411.0
250 10 546.1 69.9 276.4 323.9 108.0 184.2 469.9 38.1 16 13/8" 235.0 101.0 119.0 122.0
300 12 762.0 184.2 381.0 463.6 619.3 73.2 16 23/4" 540.0 572.0 592.0
300 12 609.6 79.2 327.2 381.0 117.3 200.2 533.4 38.1 20 13/8" 255.0 133.0 157.0 173.0
350 14 641.4 85.6 359.2 412.8 130.0 212.9 558.8 41.1 20 11/2" 275.0 153.0 180.0 206.0
400 16 704.9 88.9 410.5 469.9 133.4 215.9 616.0 44.5 20 15/8" 285.0 185.0 217.0 259.0
B
450 18 787.4 101.6 461.8 533.4 152.4 228.6 685.8 50.8 20 17/8" 325.0 258.0 292.0 367.0 H H
500 20 857.3 108.0 513.1 584.2 158.8 247.7 749.3 53.8 20 2" 345.0 317.0 362.0 463.0 D C
D
600 24 1041.4 139.7 616.0 692.2 203.2 292.1 901.7 66.5 20 21/2" 435.0 606.0 665.0 876.0
G G
Class 1500 Flanges to ASME B16.5 K K
Dimensions Weight (kg) A A
Nominal Size
Bore Raised Length Thru Hub Bolt Drilling RF Stud
Flange Flange SOW Face SOW, SW W Neck Circle Bolt
Hole Bolt SOW BLIND SOCKET WELDING (SW)
OD Thickness SW Diam. Threaded Diam. Diam. Bolts Diam. Length WN Blind
DN NPS A D SW
B G C C K H
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm No. In mm
15 1/2 120.7 22.4 22.4 35.1 31.8 60.5 82.6 22.4 4 3/4" 105.0 1.8 1.9 1.8
20 3/4 130.0 25.4 27.7 42.9 35.1 69.9 88.9 22.4 4 3/4" 115.0 2.4 2.6 2.4
B
25 1 149.4 28.4 34.5 50.8 41.1 73.2 101.6 25.4 4 7/8" 125.0 3.6 3.7 3.6
H H
32 11/4 158.8 28.4 43.2 63.5 41.1 73.2 111.3 25.4 4 7/8" 125.0 4.0 4.3 4.1
40 11/2 177.8 31.8 49.5 73.2 44.5 82.6 124.0 28.4 4 1" 140.0 5.5 5.9 5.8 D C D C
50 2 215.9 38.1 62.0 91.9 57.2 101.6 165.1 25.4 8 7/8" 145.0 10.2 10.8 10.1
G G
65 21/2 244.3 41.1 74.7 104.6 63.5 104.6 190.5 28.4 8 1" 160.0 13.9 15.0 14.0
K K
80 3 266.7 47.8 90.7 127.0 117.3 203.2 31.8 8 11/8" 180.0 19.9 19.1
A A
100 4 311.2 53.8 116.1 157.2 124.0 241.3 35.1 8 11/4" 195.0 29.9 29.9
125 5 374.7 73.2 143.8 185.7 155.4 292.1 41.1 8 11/2" 250.0 55.4 58.4
150 6 393.7 82.6 170.7 215.9 171.5 317.5 38.1 12 13/8" 260.0 68.4 71.8
WELDING NECK (WN) SLIP-ON WELDING (SOW)
200 8 482.6 91.9 221.5 269.7 212.9 393.7 44.5 12 15/8" 290.0 117.0 122.0
250 10 584.2 108.0 276.4 323.9 254.0 482.6 50.8 12 17/8" 335.0 194.0 210.0 Note 1: All weights are approximate
Note 2: For Class 150, 300 the flange thickness “D" dimension includes approx. 1.5mm for the raised face height
300 12 673.1 124.0 327.2 381.0 282.4 571.5 53.8 16 2" 375.0 288.0 316.0
For Class 600, 900, 1500, 2500 the flange thickness does not include the raised face height and approx. 6.4mm must be added
350 14 749.3 133.4 359.2 412.8 298.5 635.0 60.4 16 21/4" 405.0 380.0 420.0 to D dimension
400 16 825.5 146.1 410.5 469.9 311.2 704.9 66.5 16 21/2" 445.0 485.0 558.0 Note 3: Bolt length dimensions incorporate the height of the raised face
450 18 914.4 162.1 461.8 533.4 327.2 774.7 73.2 16 23/4" 495.0 644.0 760.0 Note 4: Welding Neck bore is derived from the pipe schedule
500 20 984.3 177.8 513.1 584.2 355.6 831.9 79.2 16 3.0 540.0 775.0 965.0
600 24 1168.4 203.2 616.0 692.2 406.4 990.6 91.9 16 31/2" 615.0 1232.0 1558.0
Screwed Low Pressure BSP 316 fittings
Round socket Pipe nipple TBE Pipe nipple TOE Hex/round cap
Hex nipple 3 pce union Female 90˚ elbow M/F 90˚ elbow
Female tee Hex head plug Hex locknut Square head plug

Male/ Square
Pipe Pipe Hex/ Female Hex
DN Round Hex 3 pce fem Female Hex head
nipple nipple round 90˚ head
socket nipple union 90˚ tee locknut plug
TBE TOE cap elbow plug
elbow
6 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.13 0.03 0.02 0.05 0.02 0.02 0.01
8 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.11 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.02
10 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.18 0.06 0.06 0.09 0.03 0.03 0.03
15 0.09 0.08 0.05 0.07 0.08 0.22 0.10 0.11 0.14 0.05 0.04 0.03
20 0.13 0.11 0.08 0.10 0.11 0.33 0.14 0.16 0.21 0.09 0.05 0.07
25 0.20 0.16 0.11 0.17 0.17 0.50 0.27 0.26 0.36 0.12 0.10 0.10
32 0.29 0.29 0.19 0.24 0.25 0.70 0.38 0.40 0.50 0.19 0.14 0.15 21
S4
40 0.34 0.35 0.23 0.38 0.37 0.87 0.51 0.50 0.70 0.27 0.15 0.21
50 0.52 0.58 0.30 0.47 0.53 1.39 0.75 0.82 1.01 0.40 0.25 0.31
65 0.78 0.92 0.57 0.85 1.14 2.07 1.69 1.68 2.41 0.76 0.51 0.59
80 1.05 1.45 0.86 1.24 1.37 2.98 2.33 2.06 3.32 1.03 0.55 0.71
100 1.90 2.07 1.38 2.09 1.90 4.82 3.43 3.45 4.81 1.66 0.92 1.10
Available Mill sourced TBE = Threaded Both Ends.

TOE = Threaded One End.

Screwed Low Pressure BSP 316 fittings
Hex reducing bush Hex reducing nipple Stock range and theoretical weights (kg)
DN Hex reducing Hex reducing

bush nipple
8x6 0.01 0.03

10x6 0.02 0.05
10x8 0.03 0.05
15x6 0.04 0.08
BSP Fittings
15x8 0.06 0.08
Dimensions: generally to ISO4144.
Threading: BS21 (ISO 7-1). Feed materials – sockets, TOE 15x10 0.06 0.08
nipples, TBE nipples manufactured from stainless steel pipe to 20x8 0.08 0.12
ASTM A312M.
– Hex plugs made from stainless steel bar to ASTM A182M. 20x10 0.07 0.12
– Other fittings made from investment castings. 20x15 0.05 0.12
25x10 0.14 0.17
25x15 0.12 0.17
25x20 0.08 0.17
Available
32x25 0.15 0.26
40x20 0.33 0.36
40x25 0.26 0.36
Mill sourced
40x32 0.17 0.36
50x25 0.56 0.50
50x32 0.45 0.50
50x40 0.37 0.50
65x50 0.51 0.85
80x50 0.94 1.28
80x65 1.23 1.28
22
S4

Screwed Class 3000 NPT fittings – ASTM A182M and ASME B16.11
Hex cap Coupling 45˚ Elbow 90˚ Elbow
Hex nipple Hex plug Union Female tee
Grade 316

Hex 45˚ 90˚ Hex Hex Female
DN Coupling Union
cap Elbow Elbow nipple plug tee Nipple Nipple Nipple Nipple
TBE 100 TOE 75 TBE 100 TOE 75
8 0.05 0.06 0.13 0.14 0.03 0.03 0.21 0.20 0.06 0.05 0.08 0.06
10 0.06 0.07 0.25 0.27 0.06 0.05 0.27 0.31 0.08 0.06 0.11 0.09
15 0.13 0.14 0.36 0.37 0.08 0.07 0.46 0.49 0.13 0.09 0.16 0.10
20 0.21 0.20 0.53 0.60 0.15 0.13 0.61 0.80 0.17 0.12 0.22 0.16
25 0.37 0.30 0.78 1.08 0.24 0.22 0.99 1.31 0.24 0.18 0.31 0.23
32 0.60 0.73 1.02 1.22 0.37 0.41 1.55 1.61 0.33 0.24 0.44 0.35
40 0.73 1.03 1.70 2.45 0.45 0.49 1.90 3.20 0.40 0.30 0.53 0.40
50 1.10 1.35 2.35 2.50 0.76 0.77 2.86 3.55 0.53 0.40 0.74 0.56
Grade 304

23
90˚ Hex Hex Available S4
DN Coupling Elbow nipple plug Union
15 0.11 0.41 0.08 0.07 0.30

Mill sourced
20 0.20 0.68 0.17 0.13 0.58
25 0.29 1.02 0.38 0.20 0.76
32 0.73 1.22 0.37 0.41 1.55
40 1.00 2.44 0.63 0.60 1.60
50 1.42 2.52 1.10 1.10 2.42

Screwed Class 3000 NPT 316 fittings – ASTM A182M and ASME B16.11
Hex reducing bush Stock range and theoretical weights (kg)
Hex Hex Swage

DN Reducing
reducing reducing nipple
insert
bush nipple TBE 80S
8x6 0.02 0.05 0.04 0.04

10x6 0.02 0.06 0.06 0.05
10x8 0.03 0.06 0.06 0.05
Hex reducing nipple 15x6 0.04 0.08 0.14 0.10

15x8 0.06 0.08 0.14 0.10
15x10 0.06 0.08 0.18 0.10
20x8 0.08 1.15 0.18 0.12
20x10 0.07 0.17 0.18 0.12
20x15 0.05 0.17 0.18 0.12
25x8 0.12 0.38 0.25 0.16
Swage nipple 25x10 0.14 0.38 0.25 0.16
25x15 0.12 0.38 0.25 0.16
25x20 0.12 0.38 0.25 0.16
40x15 0.21 0.63 0.60 0.45
40x20 0.21 0.63 0.60 0.45
40x25 0.21 0.63 0.60 0.45
40x32 0.21 0.64 0.60 0.45
50x25 0.45 0.68 1.14 0.70
50x40 0.50 0.70 1.14 0.70
24
S3

Socket weld Class 3000 fittings – ASTM A182M and ASME B16.11
Cap Coupling 45˚ Elbow 90˚ Elbow
Equal tee Union Reducing insert
Grade 316L
DN Cap Coupling 45˚ Elbow 90˚ Elbow Equal tee Union
8 0.06 0.07 0.25 0.26 0.30 0.21

15 0.12 0.14 0.36 0.36 0.50 0.30
20 0.21 0.20 0.53 0.60 0.80 0.50
25 0.40 0.40 0.80 1.10 1.31 0.80
32 0.60 0.70 1.00 1.20 1.61 1.20
40 0.70 1.00 1.70 2.40 3.20 1.50
50 1.10 1.30 2.30 2.50 3.50 2.30
Grade 316L reducing fittings
DN Reducer OD NB Reducer Available

inserts (mm) inserts
25
20x15 0.12 40x25 0.45 S4
25x15 0.16 50x25 0.7
Mill sourced
25x20 0.16 50x40 0.7
40x20 0.45

Socket weld Class 3000 fittings – ASTM A182M and ASME B16.11
Grade 304L
DN Cap Coupling 45˚ Elbow 90˚ Elbow Equal tee Union
8 0.06 0.07 0.25 0.26 0.30 0.21

15 0.12 0.14 0.36 0.36 0.50 0.30
20 0.21 0.20 0.53 0.60 0.80 0.50
25 0.40 0.40 0.80 1.10 1.31 0.80
26 32 0.60 0.70 1.00 1.20 1.61 1.20
S2
40 0.70 1.00 1.70 2.40 3.20 1.50
50 1.10 1.30 2.30 2.50 3.50 2.30
Branch outlet Class 3000 304L and 316L – ASTM A182M and ASME B16.11

Socket Threaded Welding Socket Threaded Welding
DN outlet outlet outlet outlet outlet outlet
304L 304L 304L 316L 316L 316L
15 0.15 0.12 0.13 0.15 0.12 0.13
20 0.17 0.24 0.24 0.17 0.24 0.24
25 0.27 0.38 0.38 0.27 0.38 0.38
40 0.48 0.66 0.66 0.48 0.66 0.66
50 0.07 1.02 1.02 0.75 1.02 1.02
.
26
S4

Stainless Steel
Tube and Fittings
5 Stainless Steel
Tube and Fittings
Photography courtesy of Outokumpu, Arcelor and New Zealand Tube Mills

SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS
Stainless steel tube and fittings

Stainless steel tube is typically specified as OD (outside diameter) and WT
(wall thickness) and mechanical properties of the base stainless steel material.
It is resistant to many forms of corrosion, has hygienic sterile properties, high
quality aesthetic appeal and exceptional strength.
Tube is manufactured in round, square and rectangular sections in a variety of wall

thicknesses and usually by the processes of longitudinal welding, hot and cold drawing
(seamless) or spiral welding.
Finishes or appearance range from unpolished to highly polished. Unpolished has a

2B mill finish, standard polished is a finely grit polished finish and there is a finer buffed
finish giving close to a mirror appearance. Finishes are selected to suit application and
aesthetic appeal.
Stainless steel tube can be joined by welding, which facilitates rigidity in construction,
or by the use of mechanical fittings which enables dismantling for hygienic cleaning.
Tube is usually annealed if extensive forming and bending is required, such as for
bending or expanding. The tubular products system incorporates a comprehensive range
of stainless steel fittings in the form of elbows, tees, reducers and flanges in various
sizes, wall thickness, grades and finishes to suit tube dimensions and tolerances.
As-welded (AW) tube

This tubing is produced direct off the continuous tube welding mill, using cold rolled
stainless steel strip made to ASTM standards, with tube produced to commercial limits
of straightness in standard or specific customer lengths.
AW tube has a higher yield point than annealed tube and is generally used for
decorative applications or in mildly corrosive conditions. It is not suitable for applications
requiring significant flaring, expanding or bending.
Manufacturing specification: ASTM A554.

As-welded food quality tube is stocked by Atlas Specialty Metals. This tube at the point of
manufacture goes through a process where the internal weld bead is rolled. The result is an
improved internal finish along the weld, reducing the chance of a crevice where liquid or food
product may be trapped. This assists with ‘clean in place’ (CIP) environment food and beverage
process lines or other applications such as the pharmaceutical industry. Further assurance of
reliability of food tube comes from the 100% weld NDT mandatory for this product.
Manufacturing specification: AS 1528.
As-welded annealed (AWA) tube

This tube is produced by the same process as AW tube but is annealed to relieve stresses
and improve ductility. Bright annealing is carried out in a controlled-atmosphere furnace,
so that no oxide or scale is formed on the surface.
Annealing both increases the corrosion resistance and softens the tube which allows
1
severe manipulation such as bending, expanding and forming.
S5
Manufacturing specification: ASTM A269/ASTM A268 for Ferritic and Martensitic tubes.

Cold worked annealed (CWA) tube
This tube is typically destined for heat exchanger applications and is produced in
a similar way to AWA product except that the internal bead is rolled flush with
the inside tube surface prior to annealing.
Cold drawn welded (CDW) and cold drawn welded annealed (CDWA) tube
Through cold drawing tube in the AW and AWA conditions, fine dimensional tolerances
are achieved, with excellent uniformity of wall thickness and concentricity, grain
structure and hardness.
The tube is produced by drawing through a hardened steel or tungsten carbide die,
at room temperature. The purpose of cold drawing is to reduce the OD or wall or both,
to produce a smooth surface finish and to break up the weld structure, which results
in recrystallisation when annealed.
Cold drawn seamless (CDS) tube
This tube is produced by drawing from hollow billets. It is usually supplied in the
annealed and pickled condition and used where service conditions involve high pressure
and corrosive conditions and where good surface finish and close tolerances are
required, e.g. heat exchanger and condenser tubing, instrumentation tubing and some
refinery applications.
Manufacturing specification: ASTM A269 for general service. ASTM A213M for heat
exchanger service and A268 for Ferritic and Martensitic tubes.
Spiral welded tube
This tube is produced by the helical forming and automatic welding of a continuous strip
of stainless steel.
Typical applications include water and pulp in paper mills, product and effluent lines in
chemical processing, water lines for brewing, dust fume extraction, furnace and boiler
flues, stormwater down-pipes in high-rise applications and ventilation ducts and
condensation lines for airconditioning.
Manufacturing specification: generally to ASTM A778, except for mechanical

properties.
Grades
Austenitic: 304, 304L, 316, 316L, 321.
Ferritic: 409.
2
S5 Duplex: 2205.

Stock range, dimensions, theoretical weights and method of manufacturing
OD of tube Wall As welded (AW) As welded annealed (AWA) Cold drawn seamless (CDS) Cold worked annealed (CWA)
Weight
thickness
(kg/m)
(mm)
Printed April 2008

mm inches 304 316 304 316 304 316 304/304L 316/316L 2205
3
4.76 /16 0.50 0.05
0.70 0.07
0.90 0.09
1
6.35 /4 0.50 0.07
0.70 0.10
0.90 0.12
1.20 0.15
1.60 0.19
5
7.94 /16 0.50 0.09
0.70 0.13
0.90 0.16
1.20 0.20
1.60 0.25
Stainless steel round tube – Specifications refer p1-2
3
9.52 /8 0.50 0.11
0.70 0.15
0.90 0.19 FD
1.20 0.25
1.60 0.32
1
12.70 /2 0.50 0.15
0.70 0.21
0.90 0.26
1.20 0.34 FD FD
1.60 0.44 FD FD
2.00 0.53
Tube finishes Tube is stocked in three different finishes: unpolished, polished and highly polished.
Food grade (FD) Marked as ‘FD’ indicates an additional stock range of tube suitable for use in a food processing operation. Available Mill sourced
The tube is weld bead removed internally.
3
S5
4
S5
Weight
thickness
(kg/m)
Printed April 2008

mm inches (mm) 304 316 304 316 304 316 304/304L 316/316L 2205
5
15.88 /8 0.50 0.19
0.70 0.27
0.90 0.34
1.20 0.43 FD
1.60 0.56 FD
2.00 0.69
3
19.05 /4 0.50 0.23
0.70 0.32
0.90 0.41
1.20 0.53 FD
1.60 0.69 FD FD
2.00 0.84
3.25 1.27
7
22.22 /8 0.90 0.48

1.20 0.62
1.60 0.81 FD
25.40 1 0.50 0.31
0.70 0.43
0.90 0.55
1.20 0.72 FD
1.60 0.94 FD FD
2.00 1.15
2.60 1.49
3.20 1.78
Food grade (FD) Marked as ‘FD’ indicates an additional stock range of tube suitable for use in a food processing operation.
Weight
thickness
Printed April 2008

(kg/m)
mm inches (mm) 304 316 304 316 304 316 304/304L 316/316L 2205
28.58 11/8 1.20 0.82

1.60 1.08
31.75 11/4 0.90 0.69
1.20 0.90 FD
1.60 1.19 FD FD
2.00 1.47
2.60 1.89
3.20 2.29
34.92 13/8 0.90 0.77
1.20 1.01
1
38.10 1 /2 0.90 0.83
1.20 1.09
1.60 1.44 FD FD
2.00 1.78
2.60 2.28
3.20 2.80
3
44.45 1 /4 0.90 0.98
1.20 1.28
1.60 1.69
2.00 2.09
2.60 2.68
3.20 3.25
5
S5
6
S5
Weight
thickness
Printed April 2008

(kg/m)
mm inches (mm) 304 316 304 316 304 316 304/304L 316/316L 2205
50.80 2 0.90 1.12

1.20 1.47
1.60 1.94 FD FD
2.00 2.41
2.60 3.09
3.20 3.76
63.50 21/2 1.20 1.84
1.60 2.44 FD FD
2.00 3.03
2.60 3.90
3.20 4.76
76.20 3 1.20 2.22
1.60 2.94 FD FD
2.00 3.66
2.60 4.72
3.20 5.76
88.90 31/2 1.60 3.44
2.00 4.29
2.60 5.53
3.20 6.76
101.60 4 1.60 3.95 FD FD
2.00 4.91
2.60 6.35
3.20 7.76
Food grade (FD) Marked as ‘FD’ indicates an additional stock range of tube suitable for use in a food processing operation.
Weight
thickness
Printed April 2008

(kg/m)
mm inches (mm) 304 316 304 316 304 316 304/304L 316/316L 2205
127.0 5 1.60 4.95 FD

2.00 6.16
2.60 7.98
3.20 9.77
152.4 6 1.60 5.95 FD FD
2.00 7.42
2.60 9.60
3.20 11.84
203.2 8 1.60 7.95
2.00 9.92 FD
Tube finishes Tube is stocked in three different finishes: unpolished, polished and 600 grit (highly polished).
7
S5
Stainless steel square tube – Specifications refer p1-2

Mostly stocked in 304, more common sizes in both 304 and 316. Finish: polished for all stock.
Typical size range and weight (kg/m)

Dimensions Wall thickness (mm)
mm inches 0.9 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.5
12.70 1
/2 0.33 0.45 0.56
15.88 5
/8 0.40 0.55 0.70
19.05 3
/4 0.54 0.73 0.96
22.22 7
/8 0.57 0.80 1.02
25.40 1 0.67 0.93 1.22 1.49
31.75 1 /4
1
0.69 1.23 1.60 2.02
38.10 1 /2
1
0.83 1.42 1.85 2.33
50.80 2 1.12 1.90 2.46 3.13 3.03
63.50 21/2 3.16 3.92 3.79
76.20 3 4.80 4.54
101.6 4 6.46 6.06
152.4 6
Stainless steel structural square tube – Specifications refer p1-2

Mostly stocked in 304, more common sizes in both 304 and 316. Finish: polished for all stock.

Dimensions Wall thickness (mm)
mm 2 3 4 5
25 1.50 2.22
40 2.45 3.76 4.81
50 3.08 4.47 5.96 7.41
60 3.71 5.67 7.22 8.90
80 4.99 6.87 9.82 12.40
100 6.40 9.23 12.40 15.38
150 14.06 18.62 22.40
Note: “Polished” finish of square and rectangular tube is grit abrasive finished in the longitudinal direction.
8
S5

Grade 304 stainless steel rectangular tube – Specifications refer p1-2. Finish: polished.

Setical
Rectangular tube Weights (kg) Rectangular hollow
Dimensions Wall thickness (mm) Wall thickness (mm) Dimensions
(mm) inches 0.9 1.2 1.6 2 3 4 5 (mm)
25.40 x 12.70 1 x 1/2 0.54 0.72 0.94

31.75 x 12.70 11/4 x 1/2 0.60 0.79 1.04 1.28
38.10 x 25.40 11/2 x 1 1.00 1.60 2.02 2.85 40 x 25
50.80 x 25.40 2x1 1.41 1.85 2.34 3.46 50 x 25
50.80 x 38.10 2 x 1 /21
1.64 2.18 2.70 4.12 50 x 40
63.50 x 38.10 2 /2 x 1 /2
1 1
2.52 3.14 4.65 5.96 60 x 40
76.20 x 25.40 3x1 2.66 3.39
76.20 x 38.10 3 x 11/2 2.99 3.67 5.43 7.22 8.90 80 x 40
76.20 x 50.80 3x2 3.80 5.93 8.50 10.63 80 x 50
101.6 x 50.80 4x2 4.60 6.95 9.09 11.24 100 x 50
152.4 x 76.20 6x3 11.25 15.05 18.80 150 x 80
152.4 x 101.6 6x4 12.26 16.35 20.40 150 x 100
203.2 x 101.6 8x4 14.06 18.62 22.40 200 x 100
Grade 304 and 316 stainless steel spiral welded tube – Specifications refer p1-2

Dimensions (OD) Wall thickness (mm)
mm inches 1.6 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
76.20 3 3.00 3.80

101.6 4 4.00 5.00 6.30
127.0 5 5.00 6.30 7.90 9.50
152.4 6 6.10 7.60 9.50 11.40 13.20
203.2 8 8.10 10.10 12.60 15.10 17.70 20.20
254.0 10 10.10 12.60 15.80 18.90 22.10 25.20
304.8 12 12.10 15.10 18.90 22.70 26.50 30.30
355.6 14 14.10 17.70 22.10 26.50 30.90 35.30
406.4 16 16.10 20.20 25.20 30.30 35.30 40.40
457.2 18 18.20 22.70 28.40 34.10 39.70 45.40
508.0 20 20.20 25.20 31.50 37.80 44.10 50.50
558.8 22 22.20 27.70 34.70 41.60 48.60 55.50
609.6 24 30.30 37.80 45.40 53.00 60.50
762.0 30 37.80 47.30 56.80 66.20 75.70
1016.0 40 75.70 88.30 100.90
Available Mill sourced 9

S5

Tube fittings
Complementing our stock of round tube is a range of tube fittings. The more common
tube fittings include bends (45, 90 and 180 degree), tees, reducing tees, eccentric and
concentric reducers, BSM unions and tube clamps.
Tube bends – Bends are generally stocked as 45, 90 or 180 degree. Three common
manufacturing processes are pulled bends (cold drawn bend), pressed bends and lobster
back bends. The process of manufacturing often relates to the diameter of the bend and
the thickness of material used. Up to and including 152.4mm the bends are generally
pulled, by far the most commonly supplied bends. Pressed bends can be from 101.6 to
305mm OD. Lobster back bends are generally supplied in diameters 101.6mm and
above and these bends are used generally to suit spiral welded tube.
To maintain a level of quality and consistency Atlas stocks pulled bends with an
extended leg. The importance of this style of bend ensures each end of the bend is
finished off true and accurate. The extended leg gives the ability to maintain the original
circularity of the tube and a precise 45 or 90 degree radius measured from across the
end face of the bends.
45 degree 90 degree 180 degree
Tees – Two common processes of manufacturing are welded or pulled tees. To maintain
product quality and consistency welded tees are stocked as opposed to pulled tees.
Tees are stocked in two forms; equal or reducing. An equal tee has all three branches of
the tee equal in diameter. A reducing tee has a reduced diameter of tube on the branch
section of the tee.
Equal tee Reducing tee
As tube fittings are often used in the food industry and hygiene is important many of
these fittings are stocked in a polished finish.
10
S5

Stainless steel tube fittings

Commonly stocked as 304 and 316. Finish: polished or unpolished.
Typical size range and weight (kg)

Bends Bends Bends Equal
Dimensions 45 degree 90 degree 180 degree tee
OD
Wall thickness (mm) Wall thickness (mm) Wall thickness (mm) Wall thickness (mm)
mm inches 1.6 2 1.6 2 1.6 2 1.6 2
9.52 3
/8 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.04
12.70 1
/2 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.05 0.05
19.05 3
/4 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.08 0.09
25.40 1 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.13 0.15
31.75 11/4 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.20 0.25
38.10 1 /2
1
0.07 0.08 0.08 0.10 0.11 0.13 0.30 0.38
50.80 5 0.12 0.15 0.15 0.18 0.20 0.24 0.50 0.65
63.50 2 /2
1
0.18 0.23 0.23 0.29 0.31 0.38 0.80 1.10
76.20 3 0.27 0.33 0.34 0.42 0.45 0.56 1.10 1.50
101.6 4 0.48 0.60 0.60 0.75 0.80 1.00 1.60 2.30
127.0 5 0.75 0.94 0.95 1.17 1.26 1.57 1.80 3.80
152.4 6 1.09 1.36 1.36 1.7 1.81 2.26 2.80 5.40
203.2 8 1.94 2.42 2.42 3.02 3.23 4.03 3.50 8.40
254.0 10 2.90 3.49 3.50 4.50 4.70 5.05 4.30 9.90
11
S5

Stainless steel reducing tube fittings

Commonly stocked as 316. Finish: polished.
Typical size range and weight (kg)
Con Ecc Reducing Con Ecc aReducing
Dimensions reducer reducer tees Dimensions reducer reducer tees
OD OD
Wall thickness (mm) Wall thickness (mm)
mm mm 1.6 1.6 1.6 mm mm 1.6 1.6 1.6
19.05 12.70 0.02 0.02 0.08 76.20 50.80 0.25 0.25 1.10
25.40 12.70 0.04 0.04 0.13 76.20 63.50 0.25 0.25 1.10
25.40 19.05 0.04 0.04 0.13 101.6 25.40 0.30 0.30 1.60
31.75 12.70 0.05 0.05 0.20 101.6 38.10 0.30 0.30 1.60
31.75 25.40 0.05 0.05 0.20 101.6 50.80 0.30 0.30 1.60
38.10 12.70 0.05 0.05 0.30 101.6 63.50 0.30 0.30 1.60
38.10 19.05 0.05 0.05 0.30 101.6 76.20 0.30 0.30 1.60
38.10 25.40 0.05 0.05 0.30 127.0 50.80 0.60 0.60 1.80
38.10 31.75 0.05 0.05 0.30 127.0 63.50 0.60 0.60 1.80
50.80 12.70 0.10 0.10 0.50 127.0 76.20 0.60 0.60 1.80
50.80 19.05 0.10 0.10 0.50 127.0 101.6 0.60 0.60 1.80
50.80 25.40 0.10 0.10 0.50 152.4 50.80 0.70 0.70 2.80
50.80 31.75 0.10 0.10 0.50 152.4 63.50 0.70 0.70 2.80
50.80 38.10 0.10 0.10 0.50 152.4 76.20 0.70 0.70 2.80
63.50 25.40 0.10 0.10 0.80 152.4 101.6 0.70 0.70 2.80
63.50 38.10 0.10 0.10 0.80 152.4 127.0 0.70 0.70 2.80
63.50 50.80 0.10 0.10 0.80 203.2 101.6 1.60 1.60 3.50
76.20 25.40 0.25 0.25 1.10 203.2 127.0 1.60 1.60 3.50
76.20 31.75 0.25 0.25 1.10 203.2 152.4 1.60 1.60 3.50
76.20 38.10 0.25 0.25 1.10
Con reducer Ecc reducer Interlocking clamp Foot 25 x 50mm Foot 65mm dia.
Stainless steel plain tube clamps
(mm) 25.40 31.75 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 88.90 101.6 127.0 152.4 203.2
(inches) 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 5 6 8
Stainless steel feet and plastic inserts

Plastic inserts to suit square tube 25.40, 31.75, 38.10 –
12 S/S feet machine adjust tread with base 50mm or 63.5mm.
S5

BSM unions
British Standard Milk (BSM) stainless steel unions were designed specifically for tube
installation in the dairy industry, but they are now commonly used in food and beverage
processing and the pharmaceutical industries where crevice-free hygienic conditions are
required. A commonly used term is ‘CIP’ which comes from the phrase Clean In Place.
Liner RJT (Ring Joint Type) – often referred to as a standard union comprises an
Nut ‘O’ ring style gasket. This leaves a small crevice internally where the liner
and male part of the union overlap, this is not suitable for permanent CIP.
Male Part
Gasket
Liner CIP (Australian style) – developed from a RJT union, features a gasket
Nut giving the desirable characteristics for CIP installation. The gasket fills the
crevice between the liner and male part of the union.
Male Part
Gasket
Liner CIPFF – the FF stands for ‘Flat Face’ and refers to a BSM modified
Nut supporting CIP installations. The gasket is moulded completely filling the
crevice between the liner and male part and allows a small lip to give a
flush finish on the ID of the fitting. The liner and male parts of this union
have been modified creating a flat face style sealed with a flat face gasket.
Male Part A flat faced liner and male part used in a CIPFF union are shaped differently
Gasket
to that used in an RJT or CIP union.
Note: Temperature rating of EPDM “E” gasket material is -51ºC to 148ºC.
13
S5

BSM unions
Union (complete) RJT, CIP and CIPFF

(mm) 25.40 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 101.6 152.4
(inches) 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6
Weight (kg) 0.41 0.45 0.61 0.71 1.01 1.41 1.71
Liners – Grade 316 RJT, CIP and CIPFF

(mm) 25.40 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 101.6 152.4
(inches) 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6
Weight (kg) 0.10 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50
Male parts – Grade 316 RJT, CIP and CIPFF

(mm) 25.40 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 101.6 152.4
(inches) 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6
Weight (kg) 0.10 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50
Gaskets – EDPM rubber – RJT, CIP and CIPFF

(mm) 25.40 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 101.6 152.4
(inches) 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6
Weight (kg) 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
Blank caps – Grade 316

(mm) 25.40 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 101.6 152.4
(inches) 1 1 /2
1
2 2 /2
1
3 4 6
Weight (kg) 0.10 0.10 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.40 0.60
Blank nuts – Grade 304

(mm) 25.40 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 101.6 152.4
(inches) 1 1 /2
1
2 2 /2
1
3 4 6
Weight (kg) 0.20 0.20 0.30 0.30 0.40 0.60 0.70
Hex nut – Grade 304

(mm) 25.40 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 101.6 152.4
(inches) 1 1 /2
1
2 2 /2
1
3 4 6
Weight (kg) 0.20 0.20 0.30 0.30 0.40 0.60 0.70
A range of spanners and valves (ball and butterfly) are also available to match nominal
tube dimensions.
14
S5

Tri-clamp stainless steel tube fittings

A tri-clamp is used to eliminate the need for a threaded joining system,
Ferrule union
employing a hinged clamp instead. The joint is common in CIP installation
where the seal fills the crevice completely.
A range of spanners and valves (ball and butterfly) are also available to
match nominal tube dimensions.
Tri-clamp Unions
(mm) 25.40 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 101.6 152.4
(inches) 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6
Weight (kg) 0.4 0.4 0.7 1.1 1.1 1.5 2.4
Tri-clamp Ferrule – 316

(mm) 25.40 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 101.6 152.4
(inches) 1 1 /2
1
2 2 /2
1
3 4 6
Weight (kg) 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.7
Tri-clamp Gaskets – EDPM rubber

(mm) 25.40 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 101.6 152.4
(inches) 1 1 /2
1
2 2 /2
1
3 4 6
Weight (kg) 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
Tri-clamp – 316
(mm) 25.40 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 101.6 152.4
(inches) 1 1 /2
1
2 2 /2
1
3 4 6
Weight (kg) 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.7 1.0
Tri-clamp Cap – 316

(mm) 25.40 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 101.6
(inches) 1 1 /2
1
2 2 /2
1
3 4
Weight (kg) 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.40
Note: Temperature rating of EPDM “E” gasket material is -51ºC to 148ºC.
15
S5

Carbon Steel
Pipe and Fittings
6
Pipe and Fittings
Carbon Steel
Photography courtesy of Darwin LNG and Atlas Specialty Metals.

SPECIFICATIONS • Carbon Steel Pipe, Buttwelding Fittings, Flanges
Printed April 2008

Linepipe Specification ASTM A53/A53M Buttwelding Specification ASTM A234M
Dimensions ASME B36.10M Fittings (Moderate and High Temperature Service)
Product Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for High and ASTM A420M
Low Temperature and Pressure (Low Temperature Service)
Grades A, B Dimensions ASME B16.9
Product Elbows, Reducing Elbows, Returns, Tees,
Specification ASTM A106 Crosses, Reducers, Stub Ends, Caps
Dimensions ASME B36.10M Grade WPB, WPL
Product Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High Temperature
Service
Grades A,B,C (Indicates tensile strength and yield point design) Flanges Specification ASTM A105M
Dimensions ASME B16.5
Specification ASTM A335/A335M Product Weld Neck, Slip-on, Blind Flanges
Dimensions ASME B36.10M Face Plain, Raised Face
Product Seamless Ferritic Alloy-Steel Pipe for High Bore Pipe Schedule
Temperature Service Class 150, 300,400, 600, 900, 1500, 2500 (to
Grades Refer Standard for grades 600mm only)
Grade Carbon Steel
Specification ASTM A333/A333M
Dimensions ASME B36.10M
Product Seamless & ERW Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe for Specification AS 2129
Low Temperature Service Dimensions AS 2129
Grade Refer Standard for grades “Table” flanges pressure – temperature
ratings, materials and dimensions
Specification API 5L Application Slip-on, Blind “Table” Flanges
Dimensions ASME API 5L, B36.10 Face Plain
Product Seamless & ERW for conveying Water, Oil, Gas Bore To suit Pipe & Tube OD
Grades B, X42, X52, X60, Refer API 5L specification for Table D, E, F, and H
others
Structural Steel Specification AS 1163

Dimensions AS 1163
Product Structural Steel Hollow Sections
Grade C350
1
1
S4
S6
2
S6
CARBON STEEL PIPE • Dimensions
Nominal size OD Welded & Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe to ASME B36.10M Structural Steel Hollow Sections to AS1163
All dimensions
Chart of Commom in mm
are Stainless Steel Pipe Grades Grade C350
Printed April 2008

Chemical
ScheduleAnalysis (%) Specified Wall Thickness in mm
DN NPS mm
10 20 30 40 Std 60 80 XS 100 120 140 160 XXS 4.8 5.5 6.0 6.4 7.1 8.2 9.3 9.5 12.7
6 1/8 10.3 1.24 1.45 1.73 1.73 2.41 2.41
8 1/4 13.7 1.65 1.85 2.24 2.24 3.02 3.02
10 3/8 17.1 1.65 1.85 2.31 2.31 3.20 3.20
15 1/2 21.3 2.11 2.41 2.77 2.77 3.73 3.73 4.78 7.47
20 3/4 26.7 2.11 2.41 2.87 2.87 3.91 5.56 7.82
25 1 33.4 2.77 2.90 3.38 3.38 4.55 4.55 6.35 9.09
32 11/4 42.2 2.77 2.97 3.56 3.56 4.85 4.85 6.35 9.70
40 11/2 48.3 2.77 3.18 3.68 3.68 5.08 5.08 7.14 10.15
50 2 60.3 2.77 3.18 3.91 3.91 5.54 5.54 8.74 11.07
65 21/2 73.0 3.05 4.78 5.16 5.16 7.01 7.01 9.53 14.02
80 3 88.9 3.05 4.78 5.49 5.49 7.62 7.62 11.13 15.24 ✓ ✓
90 31/2 101.6 3.05 4.78 5.74 5.74 8.08 8.08
100 4 114.3 3.05 4.78 6.02 6.02 8.56 8.56 11.13 13.49 17.12 ✓ ✓
125 5 141.3 3.40 6.55 6.55 9.53 9.53 12.70 15.88 19.05
150 6 168.3 3.40 7.11 7.11 10.97 10.97 14.27 18.26 21.95 ✓ ✓ ✓
200 8 219.1 3.76 6.35 7.04 8.18 8.18 10.31 12.70 12.70 15.09 18.26 20.62 23.01 22.23 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
250 10 273.0 4.19 6.35 7.80 9.27 9.27 12.70 15.09 12.70 18.26 21.44 25.40 28.58 25.40 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
300 12 323.8 4.57 6.35 8.38 10.31 9.53 14.27 17.48 12.70 21.44 25.40 28.58 33.32 25.40 ✓ ✓ ✓
350 14 355.6 6.35 7.92 9.53 11.13 9.53 15.09 19.05 12.70 23.83 27.79 31.75 35.71 ✓ ✓ ✓
400 16 406.4 6.35 7.92 9.53 12.70 9.53 16.66 21.44 12.70 26.19 30.96 36.53 40.49 ✓ ✓ ✓
450 18 457 6.35 7.92 11.13 14.27 9.53 19.05 23.83 12.70 29.36 34.93 39.67 45.24 ✓ ✓ ✓
500 20 508 6.35 9.53 12.70 15.09 9.53 20.62 26.19 12.70 32.54 38.10 44.45 50.01
550 22 559 6.35 9.53 12.70 9.53 22.23 28.58 12.70 34.93 41.28 47.63 53.98
600 24 610 6.35 9.53 14.27 17.48 9.53 24.61 30.96 12.70 38.89 46.02 52.37 59.54
650 26 660 7.92 12.70 9.53 12.70
700 28 711 7.92 12.70 15.88 9.53 12.70
750 30 762 7.92 12.70 15.88 9.53 12.70
800 32 813 7.92 12.70 15.88 17.48 9.53 12.70
850 34 864 7.92 12.70 15.88 17.48 9.53 12.70
900 36 914 7.92 12.70 15.88 19.05 9.53 12.70
950 38 965 9.53 12.70
1000 40 1016 9.53 12.70
1050 42 1067 9.53 12.70
1100 44 1118 9.53 12.70
1150 46 1168 9.53 12.70
1200 48 1219 9.53 12.70
Note 1: For dimensional tolerances refer to ASME B36.10M
Equivalent sizes shown in API Specification 5L
CARBON STEEL PIPE • Weights
Nominal size OD Welded & Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe to ASME B36.10M Structural Steel Hollow Sections to AS1163
All weights
Chart of Commom kg/m
are inStainless Steel Pipe Grades All weights are in kg/m
Printed April 2008

Chemical
ScheduleAnalysis (%) Specified Wall Thickness in mm
DN NPS mm
10 20 30 40 Std 60 80 XS 100 120 140 160 XXS 4.8 5.5 6.0 6.4 7.1 8.2 9.3 9.5 12.7
6 1/8 10.3 0.28 0.32 0.37 0.37 0.47 0.47

8 1/4 13.7 0.49 0.54 0.63 0.63 0.80 0.80
10 3/8 17.1 0.63 0.70 0.84 0.84 1.10 1.10
15 1/2 21.3 1.00 1.12 1.27 1.27 1.62 1.62 1.95 2.55
20 3/4 26.7 1.28 1.44 1.69 1.69 2.20 2.20 2.90 3.64
25 1 33.4 2.09 2.18 2.50 2.50 3.24 3.24 4.24 5.45
32 11/4 42.2 2.70 2.87 3.39 3.39 4.47 4.47 5.61 7.77
40 11/2 48.3 3.11 3.53 4.05 4.05 5.41 5.41 7.25 9.56
50 2 60.3 3.93 4.48 5.44 5.44 7.48 7.48 11.11 13.44
65 21/2 73.0 5.26 8.04 8.63 8.63 11.41 11.41 14.92 20.39
80 3 88.9 6.45 9.92 11.29 11.29 15.27 15.27 21.35 27.67 10.0 11.3
90 31/2 101.6 7.40 11.41 13.57 13.57 18.63 18.63
100 4 114.3 8.36 12.91 16.07 16.07 22.32 22.32 28.32 33.54 41.03 13.0 16.0
125 5 141.3 11.57 21.77 21.77 30.97 30.97 40.28 49.11 57.43
150 6 168.3 13.84 28.26 28.26 42.56 42.56 54.20 67.56 79.22 19.4 25.6 28.2
200 8 219.1 19.96 33.31 36.81 42.55 42.55 53.08 64.64 64.64 75.92 90.44 100.92 111.27 107.92 25.4 33.6 42.6 64.6
250 10 273.0 27.78 41.77 51.03 60.31 60.31 81.55 96.01 81.55 114.75 133.06 155.15 172.33 155.15 31.8 42.1 60.5 81.5
300 12 323.8 36.00 49.73 65.20 79.73 73.88 108.96 132.08 186.97 159.91 186.97 208.14 238.76 186.97 50.1 73.7 97.5
350 14 355.6 54.69 67.90 81.33 94.55 81.33 126.71 158.10 107.39 194.96 224.65 253.56 281.70 55.1 81.1 107.0
400 16 406.4 62.64 77.83 93.27 123.30 93.27 160.12 203.53 123.30 245.56 286.64 333.19 365.35 63.1 93.0 123.0
450 18 457 70.57 87.71 122.38 155.80 105.16 205.74 254.55 139.15 309.62 363.56 408.26 459.37 71.1 105.0 139.0
500 20 508 78.55 117.15 155.12 183.42 117.15 247.83 311.17 155.12 381.53 441.49 508.11 564.81
550 22 559 86.54 129.13 171.09 129.13 294.25 373.83 171.09 451.42 527.02 600.63 672.26
600 24 610 94.53 141.12 209.64 255.41 141.12 355.26 442.08 187.06 547.71 640.03 720.15 808.22
650 26 660 127.36 202.72 152.87 202.72
700 28 711 137.32 218.69 271.21 164.85 218.69
750 30 762 147.28 234.67 292.18 176.84 234.67
800 32 813 157.24 250.64 312.15 342.91 188.82 250.64
850 34 864 167.20 266.61 332.12 364.90 200.31 266.61
Note 1: All weights are theoretical and approximate
900 36 914 176.96 282.27 351.70 420.42 212.56 282.27
Note 2: Formula for circular steel pipe kilograms/metre M = (D-t) t x 0.02466
950 38 965 224.54 298.24
Equivalent sizes shown in API Specification 5L
1000 40 1016 236.53 314.22
1050 42 1067 248.52 330.19
1100 44 1118 260.50 346.16
1150 46 1168 272.25 351.82
1200 48 1219 284.24 377.79
3
S6
4
S6
CARBON STEEL BUTTWELDING FITTINGS • Dimensions
Buttwelding Fittings to ASME B16.9
Elbows Returns Stub Ends
Nominal size Long Short Caps Reducers
OD Radius of Diam
Long Short Note 1 Long Short
Printed April 2008

90 deg 45 deg 90 deg Fillet of Lap
DN NPS D A B A O K O K E H F F R G
15 1/2 21.3 38 16 76 48 25 76 51 3 35
20 3/4 26.7 38 19 76 51 25 38 76 51 3 43
25 1 33.4 38 22 25 76 56 51 41 38 51 102 51 3 51
32 11/4 42.2 48 25 32 95 70 64 52 38 51 102 51 5 64
40 11/2 48.3 57 29 38 114 83 76 62 38 64 102 51 6 73
50 2 60.3 76 35 51 152 106 102 81 38 76 152 64 8 92
65 21/2 73.0 95 44 64 190 132 127 100 38 89 152 64 8 106
ELBOW
80 3 88.9 114 51 76 229 159 152 121 51 89 152 64 10 127
90 31/2 101.6 133 57 89 267 184 178 140 64 102 152 76 10 140
100 4 114.3 152 64 102 305 210 203 159 64 102 152 76 11 157
125 5 141.3 190 79 127 381 262 254 197 76 127 203 76 11 185
150 6 168.3 229 95 152 457 313 305 237 89 140 203 89 13 218
200 8 219.1 305 127 203 610 414 406 313 102 152 203 102 13 270
250 10 273.0 381 159 254 762 518 508 391 127 178 254 127 13 324
300 12 323.8 457 190 305 914 619 610 467 152 203 254 152 13 381
350 14 355.6 533 222 356 1067 711 711 533 165 330 305 152 13 413
400 16 406.4 610 254 406 1219 813 813 610 178 356 305 152 13 470
450 18 457 686 286 457 1372 914 914 686 203 381 305 152 13 533
500 20 508 762 318 508 1524 1016 1016 762 229 508 305 152 13 584
550 22 559 838 343 559 1676 1118 1118 838 254 508 305 152 13 641
600 24 610 914 381 610 1829 1219 1219 914 267 508 305 152 13 692
650 26 660 991 405 267 610
700 28 711 1067 438 267 610
750 30 762 1143 470 267 610
800 32 813 1219 502 267 610
850 34 864 1295 533 267 610
RETURN
900 36 914 1372 565 267 610
950 38 965 1448 600 305 610
1000 40 1016 1524 632 305 610
1050 42 1067 1600 660 305 610
1100 44 1118 1676 695 343 610
1150 46 1168 1753 727 343 711
1200 48 1219 1829 759 343 711
Note 1: Reducer dimension "H" is based on large end nominal size

Note square
corner
CAP
Enlarged Section
of Lap
REDUCER STUB END
CARBON STEEL BUTTWELDING FITTINGS • Dimensions
Buttwelding Tees and Crosses to ASME B16.9
Nominal Outside Centre Centre-to-End Outlet
Chart of Commom Stainless Steel PipeMGrades
Size Diam. to-end Run
Printed April 2008

Chemical Analysis (%) Specified
DN NPS D C 8 10 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 90 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200
8 3/8 13.7
10 1/4 17.3
15 1/2 21.3 25 25 25 25
20 3/4 26.7 29 29 29 29
25 1 33.4 38 38 38 38
32 11/4 42.2 48 49 48 48 48
40 11/2 48.3 57 57 57 57 57 57
50 2 60.3 64 44 51 57 60 64
65 21/2 73.0 76 57 64 67 70 76
80 3 88.9 86 70 73 76 83 86
90 31/2 101.6 95 79 83 89 92 95
100 4 114.3 105 86 89 95 98 102 105
125 5 141.3 124 105 108 111 114 117 124
150 6 168.3 143 121 124 127 130 137 143
CROSS
200 8 219.1 178 152 156 162 168 178
250 10 273.0 216 184 191 194 203 216
300 12 323.8 254 216 219 229 241 254
350 14 355.6 279 238 248 257 270 279
400 16 406.4 305 264 273 283 295 305 305
450 18 457 343 298 308 321 330 330 343
500 20 508 381 324 333 346 356 356 368 381
550 22 559 419 359 371 381 381 394 406 419
600 24 610 432 384 397 406 406 419 432 432 432
650 26 660 495 422 432 432 444 457 470 483 495
700 28 711 521 448 457 457 470 483 495 508 521 521
750 30 762 559 460 473 483 483 495 508 521 533 546 546 559
800 32 813 597 508 508 521 533 546 559 572 572 584 597
850 34 864 635 533 546 559 572 584 597 597 610 622 635
900 36 914 673 559 572 584 597 610 622 622 635 648 660 673
950 38 965 711 TEE 597 610 622 635 648 648 673 686 698 711 711
1000 40 1016 749 622 635 648 660 673 673 698 711 724 737 749 749
1050 42 1067 762 635 648 660 660 660 698 698 711 711 711 711 711 711 711
1100 44 1118 813 686 686 698 698 698 711 711 724 724 737 749 762 762
1150 46 1168 851 724 724 737 737 737 749 749 762 762 775 787 800 800
1200 48 1219 889 737 737 762 762 762 787 787 787 813 813 813 838 838 838
5
S6
6
S6
CARBON STEEL BUTTWELDING FITTINGS • Weights
Buttwelding Fittings (kgs per unit)
Standard Weight XS Sch 160
Printed April 2008

Nominal Elbows Returns Stub Ends Elbows Returns Stub Ends Elbows
OD XS
size Long Short Caps Reducers Tees Long Short Caps Reducers Tees Long Short Caps Reducers Tees
Long Short MSS ASME Long Short MSS ASME
DN NPS mm 90 deg 45 deg 90 deg 90 deg 45 deg 90 deg 90 deg 45 deg 90 deg
15 1/2 21.3 0.08 0.04 0.16 0.04 0.12 0.14 0.09 0.10 0.05 0.20 0.05 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.12 0.06 0.12
20 3/4 26.7 0.11 0.06 0.21 0.05 0.06 0.15 0.18 0.13 0.14 0.70 0.21 0.07 0.08 0.17 0.2 0.17 0.13 0.09 0.21
25 1 33.4 0.16 0.08 0.11 0.31 0.21 0.11 0.12 0.19 0.3 0.25 0.20 0.10 0.14 0.41 0.26 0.15 0.15 0.24 0.38 0.32 0.25 0.13 0.17 0.2 0.19 0.41
32 11/4 42.2 0.26 0.13 0.18 0.52 0.35 0.14 0.16 0.26 0.41 0.43 0.35 0.18 0.23 0.70 0.46 0.20 0.21 0.35 0.55 0.56 0.42 0.21 0.28 0.25 0.25 0.69
40 11/2 48.3 0.37 0.19 0.25 0.74 0.49 0.17 0.25 0.38 0.55 0.61 0.50 0.25 0.33 1.02 0.66 0.24 0.33 0.46 0.68 0.81 0.65 0.33 0.43 0.35 0.43 1.07
50 2 60.3 0.66 0.33 0.44 1.3 0.87 0.24 0.38 0.54 0.99 0.88 0.90 0.45 0.6 1.88 1.19 0.33 0.51 0.74 1.36 1.2 1.33 0.67 0.89 0.54 0.75 1.78
65 21/2 73.0 1.29 0.69 0.91 2.73 1.82 0.42 0.73 0.8 1.56 1.74 1.79 0.90 1.19 3.56 2.38 0.57 0.95 1.06 2.08 2.28 2.33 1.17 1.49 0.77 1.2 2.86
80 3 88.9 2.04 1.02 1.36 4.07 2.71 0.67 0.94 1.13 2.13 2.41 2.74 1.37 1.83 5.74 3.65 0.92 1.25 1.51 2.84 3.25 3.83 1.92 2.55 1.4 1.71 4.55
90 31/2 101.6 2.94 1.47 1.97 5.65 3.77 0.92 1.19 1.47 2.58 3.26 4.05 2.02 207 12.72 5.21 1.3 1.64 2.01 3.51 4.51 5.92 2.96 3.95 2.1 2.35 6.52
100 4 114.3 3.84 1.92 2.56 7.67 5.11 1.17 1.45 1.81 3.04 4.12 5.36 2.68 3.58 15.76 7.15 1.68 2.02 2.52 4.23 5.77 8.02 4.01 5.35 2.76 3 8.5
125 5 141.3 6.48 3.24 4.32 13 8.64 1.9 2.5 2.53 5.3 6.54 9.13 4.57 6.09 19.39 12.2 2.73 3.52 3.6 7.52 9.2 14.7 7.35 9.79 4.85 5.59 14.8
150 6 168.3 9.94 4.97 6.63 19.9 13.3 2.83 3.6 3.73 6.89 9.58 15 7.50 10 31.98 20 4.38 5.38 5.57 10.42 14.5 24.2 12.1 16.2 7.81 8.63 23.3
200 8 219.1 20.1 10.1 13.4 40.3 26.8 5.11 5.7 5.89 10.42 17.9 30.5 15.3 20.3 64.33 40.7 7.91 8.63 10.12 15.86 27.1 53.2 26.6 35.5 15.2 15 47.2
250 10 273.0 35.4 17.7 23.6 70.8 47.2 8.92 9.6 10.42 18.12 30.4 47.7 23.9 31.8 99.66 74.9 12.2 12.9 13.95 24.28 41 103 51.5 68.6 28.9 27.5 88
300 12 323.8 52 26 34.6 112 71.9 13.1 13.6 14.9 22.2 43.6 68.7 34.4 45.8 144.96 94.9 17.4 18 19.93 29.81 57.7 171 85.5 114 47.7 44.6 143
350 14 355.6 67.9 34 45.3 15.9 25.4 15.5 28.3 53.5 89.9 15 60 21.2 33.6 21 38 70.9 236 118 158 61.2 88.5 186
400 16 406.4 89 44.5 59.1 20 31 18 32.7 66.1 118 59 78.3 26.7 41.1 24 44 87.7 350 175 234 92.8 121 260
450 18 457 113 56.5 75.3 25.5 37.8 21 37.5 83.9 150 75.5 100 34.1 50.1 28 50 111 495 247 330 131 165 356
500 20 508 140 70 93.1 31.8 55.4 23.3 41.7 104 186 93 124 42.5 74.9 31 56 138 676 338 451 179 233 502
550 22 559 169 84.5 113 38.8 62.4 25.8 46.3 126 225 113 150 51.7 82.9 33 61 167 886 443 591 219 657
600 24 610 202 101 135 45.1 68.4 28.4 50.5 139 268 134 179 60.1 91 37 67 186 1160 580 773 307 800
650 26 660 237 119 158 50.5 89.4 176 315 158 210 67.3 119 234
700 28 711 276 138 184 56.2 96.6 198 367 184 245 74.9 129 264
750 30 762 316 158 211 62.1 104 228 421 211 281 82.8 138 304
800 32 813 361 180 241 68.4 111 259 480 240 320 91.2 148 347
850 34 864 406 204 272 75.4 116 295 543 272 362 100 158 393
900 36 914 457 228 304 81.9 125 331 608 304 405 109 167 441
950 38 965 510 255 340 94.7 133 370 679 339 453 126 177 493
1000 40 1016 565 282 377 102 140 411 753 376 502 137 187 547
1050 42 1067 622 311 416 110 147 422 828 414 554 147 196 562
1100 44 1118 684 342 456 126 155 475 912 456 608 167 206 633
1150 46 1168 748 374 499 134 189 521 997 498 665 179 252 695
1200 48 1219 814 407 543 143 197 569 1085 542 724 191 263 759
Note 1: All weights are approximate
Note 2: Weights shown are based on carbon steel.
Note 3: As a guide to stainless steel fittings weight use carbon steel Standard Weight for Sch 40S and carbon steel XS for Sch 80S
CARBON STEEL FLANGES • Dimensions & Weights
Bore Raised Length Thru Hub Bolt Drilling RF Stud RF Mach. Bore Raised Length Thru Hub Bolt Drilling RF Stud
Flange SOW Face SOW, SW Circle Hole Bolt Bolt Bolt Flange Flange SOW Bolt
Flange SOW Face SOW, SW Circle Hole Bolt SOW
Thickness
Printed April 2008

OD Thickness SW Diam. Threaded W Neck Diam. Diam. Bolts Diam. Length Length WN Blind OD SW Diam. Threaded W Neck Diam. Diam. Bolts Diam. Length WN Blind
DN NPS A SW DN NPS A D SW
D B G C C K H B G C C K H
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm No. In mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm No. In mm
15 1/2 88.9 11.2 22.4 35.1 15.8 47.8 60.4 15.7 4 1/2" 60.0 45.0 0.4 0.5 0.4 15 1/2 95.3 14.2 22.4 35.1 22.4 52.3 66.5 15.7 4 1/2" 80.0 0.7 0.9 0.8
20 3/4 98.6 12.7 27.7 42.9 15.8 52.3 69.9 15.7 4 1/2" 65.0 50.0 0.6 0.7 0.6 20 3/4 117.3 15.7 27.7 42.9 25.4 57.2 82.6 19.1 4 5/8" 90.0 1.3 1.5 1.3
25 1 108.0 14.2 34.5 50.8 17.5 55.6 79.2 15.7 4 1/2" 65.0 55.0 0.8 1.0 0.9 25 1 124.0 17.5 34.5 50.8 26.9 62.0 88.9 19.1 4 5/8" 90.0 1.5 1.8 1.6
32 11/4 117.3 15.7 43.2 63.5 20.6 57.2 88.9 15.7 4 1/2" 70.0 55.0 1.0 1.3 1.2 32 11/4 133.4 20.6 43.2 63.5 28.4 66.5 98.6 19.1 4 5/8" 100.0 2.0 2.5 2.2
40 11/2 127.0 17.5 49.5 73.2 22.4 62.0 98.6 15.7 4 1/2" 70.0 60.0 1.3 1.7 1.5 40 11/2 155.4 22.4 49.5 73.2 31.8 69.9 114.3 22.4 4 3/4" 105.0 3.0 3.5 3.3
50 2 152.4 19.1 62.0 91.9 25.5 63.5 120.7 19.1 4 5/8" 80.0 65.0 2.1 2.6 2.4 50 2 165.1 25.4 62.0 91.9 36.6 73.2 127.0 19.1 8 5/8" 105.0 3.6 4.4 4.2
65 21/2 177.8 22.4 74.7 104.6 28.5 69.9 139.7 19.1 4 5/8" 90.0 75.0 3.3 4.1 3.9 65 21/2 190.5 28.4 74.7 104.6 41.1 79.2 149.4 22.4 8 3/4" 120.0 5.3 6.4 6.1
80 3 190.5 23.9 90.7 127.0 30.2 69.9 152.4 19.1 4 5/8" 90.0 75.0 3.9 4.9 4.9 80 3 209.6 31.8 90.7 127.0 46.0 82.6 168.1 22.4 8 3/4" 125.0 7.0 8.5 8.4
90 31/2 215.9 23.9 103.4 139.7 31.8 71.4 177.8 19.1 8 5/8" 90.0 75.0 4.8 6.1 6.2 90 31/2 228.6 35.1 103.4 139.7 49.3 85.9 184.2 25.4 8 7/8" 140.0 8.8 10.7 11.0
100 4 228.6 23.9 116.1 157.2 33.3 76.2 190.5 19.1 8 5/8" 90.0 75.0 5.3 6.8 7.0 100 4 273.1 38.1 116.1 157.2 53.8 101.6 215.9 25.4 8 7/8" 145.0 14.5 17.4 17.3
125 5 254.0 23.9 143.8 185.7 36.6 88.9 215.9 22.4 8 3/4" 90.0 80.0 6.1 8.6 8.6 125 5 330.2 44.5 143.8 185.7 60.5 114.3 266.7 28.4 8 1" 165.0 24.4 29.2 29.4
150 6 279.4 25.4 170.7 215.9 39.6 88.9 241.3 22.4 8 3/4" 100.0 85.0 7.5 10.6 11.3 150 6 355.6 47.8 170.7 215.9 66.5 117.3 292.1 28.4 12 1" 170.0 28.7 34.9 36.1
200 8 342.9 28.4 221.5 269.7 44.5 101.6 298.5 22.4 8 3/4" 110.0 90.0 12.1 17.6 19.6 200 8 419.1 55.6 221.5 269.7 76.2 133.4 349.3 31.8 12 11/8" 195.0 43.4 53.9 58.9
250 10 406.4 30.2 276.4 323.9 49.3 101.6 362.0 25.4 12 7/8" 115.0 95.0 16.5 24.0 28.8 250 10 508.0 63.5 276.4 323.9 85.9 152.4 431.8 35.1 16 11/4" 215.0 70.3 86.5 97.5
300 12 482.6 31.8 327.2 381.0 55.6 114.3 431.8 25.4 12 7/8" 120.0 100.0 26.2 36.5 43.2 300 12 558.8 66.5 327.2 381.0 91.9 155.4 489.0 35.1 20 11/4" 220.0 84.2 103.0 124.0
350 14 533.4 35.1 359.2 412.8 57.2 127.0 476.3 28.4 12 1" 130.0 110.0 34.6 48.4 58.1 350 14 603.3 69.9 359.2 412.8 93.7 165.1 527.1 38.1 20 13/8" 235.0 98.7 122.0 151.0
400 16 596.9 36.6 410.5 469.9 63.5 127.0 539.8 28.4 16 1" 135.0 115.0 44.8 60.6 76.1 400 16 685.8 76.2 410.5 469.9 106.4 177.8 603.3 41.1 20 11/2" 255.0 142.0 170.0 214.0
450 18 635.0 39.6 461.8 533.4 68.3 139.7 577.9 31.8 16 11/8" 150.0 125.0 48.9 68.3 93.7 450 18 743.0 82.6 461.8 533.4 117.3 184.2 654.1 44.5 20 15/8" 275.0 173.0 204.0 272.0
500 20 698.5 42.9 513.1 584.2 73.2 144.5 635.0 31.8 20 11/8" 160.0 135.0 61.9 84.5 122.0 500 20 812.8 88.9 513.1 584.2 127.0 190.5 723.9 44.5 24 15/8" 290.0 220.0 254.0 349.0
600 24 812.8 47.8 616.0 692.2 82.6 152.4 749.3 35.1 20 11/4" 175.0 145.0 86.9 115.0 185.0 600 24 939.8 101.6 616.0 692.2 139.7 203.2 838.2 50.8 24 17/8" 330.0 312.0 358.0 533.0
Class 300 Flanges to ASME B16.5 B

Dimensions Weight (kg) H H
Nominal Size
Bore Raised Length Thru Hub Bolt Drilling RF Stud RF Mach.
Flange D C
Flange SOW Face SOW, SW Circle Hole Bolt Bolt Bolt D
OD SOW
Thickness SW Diam. Threaded W Neck Diam. Diam. Bolts Diam. Length Length WN Blind
DN NPS A D B G C C K H SW
G G
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm No. In mm mm
K K
15 1/2 95.3 14.2 22.4 35.1 22.4 52.3 66.5 15.7 4 1/2" 65.0 55.0 0.6 0.8 0.6 A A
20 3/4 117.3 15.7 27.7 42.9 25.4 57.2 82.6 19.1 4 5/8" 75.0 60.0 1.1 1.3 1.1
25 1 124.0 17.5 34.5 50.8 26.9 62.0 88.9 19.1 4 5/8" 80.0 65.0 1.4 1.5 1.4 BLIND SOCKET WELDING (SW)
32 11/4 133.4 19.1 43.2 63.5 26.9 65.0 98.6 19.1 4 5/8" 80.0 65.0 1.7 2.0 1.8
40 11/2 155.5 20.6 49.5 73.2 30.2 68.3 114.3 22.4 4 3/4" 90.0 75.0 2.5 2.9 2.7
50 2 165.1 22.4 62.0 91.9 33.3 69.9 127.0 19.1 8 5/8" 90.0 75.0 2.9 3.4 3.2 B
H H
65 21/2 190.5 25.4 74.7 104.6 38.1 76.2 149.4 22.4 8 3/4" 100.0 85.0 4.3 5.2 4.9
80 3 215.9 28.4 90.7 127.0 42.9 79.2 168.1 22.4 8 3/4" 110.0 90.0 5.9 6.9 6.8 D C D C
90 31/2 228.6 30.2 103.4 139.7 44.5 81.0 184.2 22.4 8 3/4" 110.0 95.0 7.3 8.7 8.7
100 4 254.0 31.8 116.1 157.2 47.8 85.9 200.2 22.4 8 3/4" 110.0 95.0 9.6 11.2 11.5 G G
125 5 279.4 35.1 143.8 185.7 50.8 98.6 235.0 22.4 8 3/4" 120.0 100.0 12.3 15.1 15.6 K K
150 6 317.5 36.6 170.7 215.9 52.3 98.6 269.7 22.4 12 3/4" 125.0 105.0 15.6 19.1 20.9 A A
200 8 381.0 41.1 221.5 269.7 62.0 112.3 330.2 25.4 12 7/8" 140.0 110.0 24.2 29.9 34.3
250 10 444.5 47.6 276.4 323.9 66.5 117.3 387.4 28.4 16 1" 155.0 130.0 34.1 42.7 53.3 WELDING NECK (WN) SLIP-ON WELDING (SOW)
300 12 520.7 50.8 327.2 381.0 73.2 130.0 450.9 31.8 16 11/8" 170.0 145.0 49.8 61.8 78.8
350 14 584.2 53.8 359.2 412.8 76.2 142.7 514.4 31.8 20 11/8" 175.0 150.0 69.9 85.8 105.0 Note 1: All weights are approximate
Note 2: For Class 150, 300 the flange thickness “D" dimension includes approx. 1.5mm for the raised face height. For Class 600,
400 16 647.7 57.2 410.5 469.9 82.6 146.1 571.5 35.1 20 11/4" 190.0 160.0 88.1 106.0 137.0 900,1500, 2500 the flange thickness does not include the raised face height and approx. 6.4mm must be added to D dimension
450 18 711.2 60.5 461.8 533.4 88.9 158.8 626.7 35.1 24 11/4" 195.0 170.0 109.0 131.0 175.0 Note 3: Bolt length dimensions incorporate the height of the raised face
500 20 774.7 63.5 513.1 584.2 95.3 162.1 685.8 35.1 24 11/4" 205.0 180.0 134.0 158.0 221.0 Note 4: Welding Neck bore is derived from the pipe schedule
600 24 914.4 70.0 616.0 692.2 106.4 168.1 812.8 41.1 24 11/2" 230.0 195.0 201.0 230.0 339.0
7
S6
8
S6
Bore Raised Length Thru Hub Bolt Drilling RF Stud Raised Length Thru Hub Bolt Drilling RF Stud
Flange Flange SOW Face SOW, SW W Neck Circle Bolt Flange Flange Bolt
Hole Bolt SOW Face SOW, SW W Neck Circle Hole Bolt
Printed April 2008

OD Thickness SW Diam. Threaded Diam. Diam. Bolts Diam. Length SW WN Blind OD Thickness Diam. Threaded Diam. Diam. Bolts Diam. Length WN Blind
DN NPS A D B G C C K H DN NPS A D G C C K H
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm No. In mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm No. In mm
15 1/2 120.7 22.4 22.4 35.1 31.8 60.5 82.6 22.4 4 3/4" 105.0 1.8 1.9 1.8 15 1/2 133.4 30.2 35.1 39.6 73.2 88.9 22.4 4 3/4" 125.0 3.1 3.0
20 3/4 130.0 25.4 27.7 42.9 35.1 70.0 88.9 22.4 4 3/4" 115.0 2.4 2.6 2.4 20 3/4 139.7 31.8 42.9 42.9 79.2 95.3 22.4 4 3/4" 125.0 3.7 3.5
25 1 149.4 28.4 34.5 50.8 41.1 73.2 101.6 25.4 4 7/8" 125.0 3.6 3.7 3.6 25 1 158.8 35.1 50.8 47.8 88.9 108.0 25.4 4 7/8" 140.0 5.2 5.0
32 11/4 158.8 28.4 43.2 63.5 41.1 73.2 111.3 25.4 4 7/8" 125.0 4.0 4.3 4.1 32 11/4 184.2 38.1 63.5 52.3 95.3 130.0 28.4 4 1" 150.0 7.7 7.4
40 11/2 177.8 31.8 49.5 73.2 44.5 82.6 124.0 28.4 4 1" 140.0 5.5 5.9 5.8 40 11/2 203.2 44.5 73.2 60.5 111.3 146.1 31.8 4 11/8" 170.0 10.9 10.4
50 2 215.9 38.1 62.0 91.9 57.2 101.6 165.1 25.4 8 7/8" 145.0 10.2 10.8 10.1 50 2 235.0 50.8 91.9 69.9 127.0 171.5 28.4 8 1" 175.0 16.2 15.6
65 21/2 244.3 41.1 74.7 104.6 63.5 104.6 190.5 28.4 8 1" 160.0 13.9 15.0 14.0 65 21/2 266.7 57.2 104.6 79.2 142.7 196.9 31.8 8 11/8" 195.0 23.7 22.6
80 3 241.3 38.1 90.7 127.0 53.8 101.6 190.5 25.4 8 7/8" 145.0 11.6 13.7 13.1 80 3 304.8 66.5 127.0 168.1 228.6 35.1 8 11/4" 220.0 36.2 34.8
100 4 292.1 44.5 116.1 157.2 69.9 114.3 235.0 31.8 8 11/8" 170.0 19.7 22.5 26.9 100 4 355.6 76.2 157.2 190.5 273.1 41.1 8 11/2" 255.0 55.3 53.9
125 5 349.3 50.8 143.8 185.7 79.2 127.0 279.4 35.1 8 11/4" 190.0 31.9 37.4 36.5 125 5 419.1 91.9 185.7 228.6 323.9 47.8 8 13/4" 300.0 92.5 90.8
150 6 482.6 108.0 215.9 273.1 368.3 53.8 8 2" 345.0 143.0 141.0
150 6 381.0 55.6 170.7 215.9 85.9 139.7 317.5 31.8 12 11/8" 195.0 41.1 47.7 47.4
200 8 552.5 127.0 269.7 317.5 438.2 53.8 12 2" 380.0 215.0 214.0
200 8 469.9 63.5 221.5 269.7 101.6 162.1 393.7 38.1 12 13/8" 220.0 70.7 81.3 82.5
250 10 673.1 165.1 323.9 419.1 539.8 66.5 12 21/2" 485.0 406.0 411.0
250 10 546.1 69.9 276.4 323.9 108.0 184.2 469.9 38.1 16 13/8" 235.0 101.0 119.0 122.0
300 12 762.0 184.2 381.0 463.6 619.3 73.2 16 23/4" 540.0 572.0 592.0
300 12 609.6 79.2 327.2 381.0 117.3 200.2 533.4 38.1 20 13/8" 255.0 133.0 157.0 173.0
350 14 641.4 85.6 359.2 412.8 130.0 212.9 558.8 41.1 20 11/2" 275.0 153.0 180.0 206.0
400 16 704.9 88.9 410.5 469.9 133.4 215.9 616.0 44.5 20 15/8" 285.0 185.0 217.0 259.0
B
450 18 787.4 101.6 461.8 533.4 152.4 228.6 685.8 50.8 20 17/8" 325.0 258.0 292.0 367.0 H H
500 20 857.3 108.0 513.1 584.2 158.8 247.7 749.3 53.8 20 2" 345.0 317.0 362.0 463.0 D C
D
600 24 1041.4 139.7 616.0 692.2 203.2 292.1 901.7 66.5 20 21/2" 435.0 606.0 665.0 876.0
G G
Class 1500 Flanges to ASME B16.5 K K
Dimensions Weight (kg) A A
Nominal Size
Bore Raised Length Thru Hub Bolt Drilling RF Stud
Flange Flange SOW Face SOW, SW W Neck Circle Bolt
Hole Bolt SOW BLIND SOCKET WELDING (SW)
OD Thickness SW Diam. Threaded Diam. Diam. Bolts Diam. Length WN Blind
DN NPS A D SW
B G C C K H
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm No. In mm
15 1/2 120.7 22.4 22.4 35.1 31.8 60.5 82.6 22.4 4 3/4" 105.0 1.8 1.9 1.8
20 3/4 130.0 25.4 27.7 42.9 35.1 69.9 88.9 22.4 4 3/4" 115.0 2.4 2.6 2.4
B
25 1 149.4 28.4 34.5 50.8 41.1 73.2 101.6 25.4 4 7/8" 125.0 3.6 3.7 3.6
H H
32 11/4 158.8 28.4 43.2 63.5 41.1 73.2 111.3 25.4 4 7/8" 125.0 4.0 4.3 4.1
40 11/2 177.8 31.8 49.5 73.2 44.5 82.6 124.0 28.4 4 1" 140.0 5.5 5.9 5.8 D C D C
50 2 215.9 38.1 62.0 91.9 57.2 101.6 165.1 25.4 8 7/8" 145.0 10.2 10.8 10.1
G G
65 21/2 244.3 41.1 74.7 104.6 63.5 104.6 190.5 28.4 8 1" 160.0 13.9 15.0 14.0
K K
80 3 266.7 47.8 90.7 127.0 117.3 203.2 31.8 8 11/8" 180.0 19.9 19.1
A A
100 4 311.2 53.8 116.1 157.2 124.0 241.3 35.1 8 11/4" 195.0 29.9 29.9
125 5 374.7 73.2 143.8 185.7 155.4 292.1 41.1 8 11/2" 250.0 55.4 58.4
150 6 393.7 82.6 170.7 215.9 171.5 317.5 38.1 12 13/8" 260.0 68.4 71.8
WELDING NECK (WN) SLIP-ON WELDING (SOW)
200 8 482.6 91.9 221.5 269.7 212.9 393.7 44.5 12 15/8" 290.0 117.0 122.0
250 10 584.2 108.0 276.4 323.9 254.0 482.6 50.8 12 17/8" 335.0 194.0 210.0 Note 1: All weights are approximate
Note 2: For Class 150, 300 the flange thickness “D" dimension includes approx. 1.5mm for the raised face height
300 12 673.1 124.0 327.2 381.0 282.4 571.5 53.8 16 2" 375.0 288.0 316.0
For Class 600, 900, 1500, 2500 the flange thickness does not include the raised face height and approx. 6.4mm must be added
350 14 749.3 133.4 359.2 412.8 298.5 635.0 60.4 16 21/4" 405.0 380.0 420.0 to D dimension
400 16 825.5 146.1 410.5 469.9 311.2 704.9 66.5 16 21/2" 445.0 485.0 558.0 Note 3: Bolt length dimensions incorporate the height of the raised face
450 18 914.4 162.1 461.8 533.4 327.2 774.7 73.2 16 23/4" 495.0 644.0 760.0 Note 4: Welding Neck bore is derived from the pipe schedule
500 20 984.3 177.8 513.1 584.2 355.6 831.9 79.2 16 3.0 540.0 775.0 965.0
600 24 1168.4 203.2 616.0 692.2 406.4 990.6 91.9 16 31/2" 615.0 1232.0 1558.0
Table D Flanges to AS 2129 Table F Flanges to AS 2129
Nominal Nominal Drilling
Raised Drilling Raised
Size Size
Printed April 2008

DN OD Thickness Diam Diam Diam of Bolts & Thread SOW Blind H
A D G K H A D G K H D C
15 95 *5 47 67 14 4 M12 0.6 0.6 15 95 10 47 67 14 4 M12 0.6 0.7
20 100 *5 53 73 14 4 M12 0.7 0.7 20 100 10 53 73 14 4 M12 0.7 0.8 G
25 115 *5 65 83 14 4 M12 0.9 1.0 25 120 10 63 87 18 4 M16 0.9 1.0 K
32 120 *6 67 87 14 4 M12 0.9 1.1 32 135 13 74 98 18 4 M16 1.1 1.3 A
40 135 *6 78 98 14 4 M12 1.2 1.4 40 140 13 81 105 18 4 M16 1.2 1.4
50 150 *8 90 114 18 4 M16 1.4 1.7 50 165 16 103 127 18 4 M16 2.2 2.6 SLIP-ON WELDING (SOW)
65 165 *8 103 127 18 4 M16 1.6 2.1 65 185 16 122 146 18 4 M16 2.5 3.0
80 185 *10 122 146 18 4 M16 2.0 2.7 80 205 16 141 165 18 8 M16 3.0 3.8
90 205 *10 141 165 18 4 M16 2.2 3.2 90 215 19 154 178 18 8 M16
100 215 *10 154 178 18 4 M16 2.5 3.6 100 230 19 167 191 18 8 M16 4.3 5.9
125 255 13 186 210 18 8 M16 3.3 4.9 125 280 22 207 235 22 8 M20 7.4 10.1
150 280 13 211 135 18 8 M16 4.0 6.1 150 305 22 232 260 22 12 M20 8.1 11.9
200 335 13 268 292 18 8 M16 5.0 8.8 200 370 35 296 324 22 12 M20 12.7 20.3
250 405 16 328 256 22 8 M20 8.7 15.8 250 430 29 349 381 26 12 M24 18.1 31.4 H
300 455 19 378 406 22 12 M20 11.3 23.6 300 490 32 406 438 26 16 M24 23.9 44.7
D
350 525 22 438 470 26 12 M24 19.6 38.6 350 550 35 459 495 30 16 M27 35.3 63.0
400 580 22 489 521 26 12 M24 22.3 44.9 400 610 41 516 552 30 20 M27 47.6 90.0 G
450 640 25 532 584 26 12 M24 29.0 63.0 450 675 44 571 610 33 20 M30 62.0 120.0
500 705 29 609 641 26 16 M24 39.9 86.0 500 735 51 634 673 33 24 M30 80.0 162.0 K
550 760 29 637 699 30 16 M27 50.0 107.0 550 785 54 685 724 33 24 M30 A
600 825 32 720 756 30 16 M27 58.0 125.0 600 850 57 739 781 36 24 M33 112.0
700 910 35 809 845 30 20 M27 700 935 60 815 857 36 24 M33 BLIND
750 995 41 888 927 33 20 M30 750 1015 67 898 940 36 28 M33
800 1060 41 942 984 36 20 M33 800 1060 68 942 984 36 28 M33
850 1090 44 974 1016 36 20 M33 850 1090 70 974 1016 36 32 M33
900 1175 48 1050 1092 36 24 M33 900 1185 76 1060 1105 39 32 M36
1000 1255 51 1133 1175 36 24 M33 1000 1275 83 1149 1194 39 36 M36
1200 1490 60 1368 1410 36 32 M33 1200 1530 95 1385 1441 42 40 M39
Table E Flanges to AS 2129 Table H Flanges to AS 2129

H
Nominal Drilling Nominal Drilling D C
Raised Raised
Size Size
DN OD Thickness Diam Diam Diam of Bolts & Thread SOW Blind G
K
A D G K H A D G K H
A
15 95 *6 47 67 14 4 M12 0.6 0.7 15 115 13 57 83 18 4 M16 0.8 1.0
20 100 *6 53 73 14 4 M12 0.7 0.8 20 115 13 57 83 18 4 M16 0.9 1.0 WELDING NECK (WN)
25 115 *7 63 83 14 4 M12 0.9 1.0 25 120 14 64 87 18 4 M16 1.1 1.2
32 120 *8 67 87 14 4 M12 1.0 1.1 32 135 17 76 98 18 4 M16 1.5 1.8
40 135 *9 78 98 14 4 M12 1.2 1.4 40 140 17 83 105 18 4 M16 1.7 2.0
50 150 *10 90 114 18 4 M16 1.4 1.7 50 165 19 102 127 18 4 M16 2.6 3.1
65 165 *10 103 127 18 4 M16 1.6 2.1 65 185 19 114 146 18 8 M16 3.1 3.8
80 185 *11 122 146 18 4 M16 2.0 2.7 80 205 22 127 165 18 8 M16 4.3 5.4
90 205 12 141 165 18 8 M16 90 215 22 140 178 18 8 M16
100 215 13 154 178 18 8 M16 2.5 3.6 100 230 25 152 191 18 8 M16 5.8 7.9 H
125 255 14 186 210 18 8 M16 3.7 5.5
125 280 29 178 235 22 8 M20 9.9 12.6
150 280 17 207 235 22 8 M20 5.0 8.3 D
150 305 29 210 260 22 12 M20 10.8 15.4
200 335 19 264 292 22 8 M20 7.1 12.9
250 405 22 328 356 22 12 M20 11.4 21.9 200 370 32 260 324 22 12 M20 18.3 28.2 G
300 455 25 374 406 26 12 M24 15.1 31.8 250 430 35 311 381 26 12 M24 22.1 38.0
K
350 525 29 438 470 26 12 M24 25.3 47.6 300 490 41 362 438 26 16 M24 31.0 58.0
350 550 48 419 495 30 16 M27 47.7 85.0 A
400 580 32 489 521 26 12 M24 31.3 66.0
450 640 35 552 584 26 16 M24 40.8 87.0 400 610 54 483 552 30 20 M27 62.0 118.0 PLATE
500 705 38 609 641 26 16 M24 53.0 114.0 450 675 60 533 610 33 20 M30 105.0 196.0
550 760 44 663 699 30 16 M27 500 735 67 597 673 33 24 M30
600 825 48 717 756 33 16 M30 85.0 195.0 550 785 70 648 724 33 24 M30
700 910 51 806 845 33 20 M30 600 850 76 699 781 36 24 M33
750 995 54 885 927 36 20 M33
800 1060 54 942 984 36 20 M33
850 1090 57 974 1016 36 20 M33 Note 1: All weights are approximate
900 1175 64 1050 1092 36 24 M33 Note 2: A diametrical clearance of 4mm maximum applies to pipe or tube OD for plate flanges
1000 1255 67 1130 1175 39 24 M36 Note 3: The flange thickness "D" dimension included the raised face height
1200 1490 79 1365 1410 39 32 M36 Note 4: Welding Neck bore is derived from the pipe schedule
9
S6
Stainless Steel Sections
7
Stainless Steel Sections
Photography courtesy of Usinor Stainless and Ronstan.

SECTION 7: STAINLESS SECTIONS: STAINLESS STEEL BAR SECTIONS
Stainless steel bar sections

Refer to the “Atlas Specialty Metals – Technical Handbook of Bar Products” for
more detail on specifications, dimensions and technical data.
Stainless steel bar comprises numerous products referred to by the shape,

the section dimension, grade, condition and surface finish.
Shapes and section measurement

Round bar: measured across the diameter.
Square bar: measured across the flats (AF).
Hexagonal bar: measured across the flats (AF). 1

S7
Flat bar: measured width x thickness.
Equal angle: measured length x width of external faces

x material thickness.
Channels: measured flange x web x thickness.
Hollow bar: measured outside diameter (OD) x inside diameter (ID).
Grade 303, 304, 304L, 316, 316L, 321, 253MA, 416, 431, 2205, 630.
Condition H&T: Hardened and tempered.
ANN: Annealed.
PH: Precipitation hardened.
Surface finish CD: Cold drawn. BD: Bright drawn.
CG: Centreless ground. CF: Cold finished.
P&T: Peeled and turned. ST: Smooth turned.
P: Polished. SRE: Slit rolled edge.
HF: Hot finished. HRAP: Hot rolled annealed and pickled.
RT: Rough turned/peeled. PR: Peeled and reeled.
Note: Cold Finished is a generic term to cover: CD, CG, Peeled, Turned, BD and ST.

Dimensional tolerances for bar

Form and condition: stainless steel sections
Round
Square Hexagonal
Precision ground Cold drawn Cold finished/smooth turned
h8 or h9 h9 h10 h11 h11
ISO dimensional tolerances for bar

Tolerance number
Nominal
bar size (mm) 01 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
up to 3 0.3 0.5 0.8 1.2 2 3 4 6 10 14 25 40 60 100 140 250 400 600

over 3 to 6 0.4 0.6 1 1.5 2.5 4 5 8 12 18 30 48 75 120 180 300 480 750
over 6 to 10 0.4 0.6 1 1.5 2.5 4 6 9 15 22 36 58 90 150 220 360 580 900
over 10 to 18 0.5 0.8 1.2 2 3 5 8 11 18 27 43 70 110 180 270 430 700 1100
over 18 to 30 0.6 1 1.5 2.5 4 6 9 13 21 33 52 84 130 210 330 520 840 1300
over 30 to 50 0.6 1 1.5 2.5 4 7 11 16 25 39 62 100 160 250 390 620 1000 1600
2 over 50 to 80 0.8 1.2 2 3 5 8 13 19 30 46 74 120 190 300 460 740 1200 1900
S7 over 80 to 120 1 1.5 2.5 4 6 10 15 22 35 54 87 140 220 350 540 870 1400 2200
over 120 to 180 1.2 2 3.5 5 8 12 18 25 40 63 100 160 250 400 630 1000 1600 2500
over 180 to 250 2 3 4.5 7 10 14 20 29 46 72 115 185 290 460 720 1150 1850 2900
over 250 to 315 2.5 4 6 8 12 16 23 32 52 81 130 210 320 520 810 1300 2100 3200
over 315 to 400 3 5 7 9 13 18 25 36 57 89 140 230 360 570 890 1400 2300 3600
over 400 to 500 4 6 8 10 15 20 27 40 63 97 155 250 400 630 970 1550 2500 4000
Tolerance values given in microns = x0.001mm Examples:

h = all minus k = all plus 25.40mm diameter bar to h9 = +nil, -0.052mm
160mm hot rolled bar to k14 = +1.000mm, -nil
Common stainless steel bar specifications

ASTM A276: This specification covers hot or cold finished bar except bars for reforging (see spec. A314).
Includes rounds, squares, hexagons, hot rolled or extruded shapes such as angles, flats,
channels and commonly used grades of stainless steel, including ‘improved machining’.
Free machining grades such as 303 and 416 are not included (see spec. A582/A582M).
ASTM A479M: This specification covers the same sections as ASTM A276, for use in pressure vessel
construction. Also referred to in ASME boiler and pressure vessel code.
ASTM A582M: This specification covers hot or cold finished free-machining stainless steel bar except bars for
forging (see spec. A314). Includes rounds, squares and hexagons in the more commonly used
types of stainless steels designed for optimum machinability and general corrosion and high
temperature service, primarily grades 303 and 416. Stainless steel bars other than the
free-machining types are covered in other specifications.
ASTM A314: This specification covers stainless steel billets and bars intended only for forging.
ASTM A484M: This specification covers general requirements that apply to stainless steel wrought bars, shapes,
forgings and billets or other semi-finished material (except wire) for forging, under the latest
revision of each ASTM specification.
Ugima / improved machining bar

Atlas Specialty Metals distributes Ugima and Valima brands of “Improved
Machinability” stainless steel bar. Ugima and Valima are trade names for improved
machinability stainless steel developed by Ugitech of France. Improved machining bar
results from a controlled melting process, giving high chip-breaking properties and
providing a self-lubricating quality through the processing of machining.
Stock ranges • Ugima 303, 304/304L and 316/316L round bar, 4.76 to 101.6mm.
• Ugima 316/316L round bar, 101.6 to 304.8mm.
• Ugima 303 and 316/316L hex bar, 13.34 to 57.15mm.
• Valima 316L – hollow bar.

3
The benefits • Improved machinability. • Chemical composition within ASTM standards. S7
• Increased cutting speeds. • Properties the same as commercial grades of

stainless steel
• Lower unit cost of production.
– corrosion resistance
• Increased tool life. – mechanical properties
– weldability
• Lower production power – formability.
requirements.
• Improved drilling and tapping characteristics.
• Consistent machinability.
• Improved product surface finish.
Ugima will reduce wear on tools and extend tool life

Highly abrasive inclusions which damage tools are excluded in the Ugima
manufacturing steel melt process.
There is a decrease in flank wear and crater wear of carbide tooling which results in:
• less dismounting and reassembling of tools;
• less adjustment time; and
• a noticeable improvement in the life of cutting tools.

Flank wear Crater wear

Time (min) Time (min)
30 30
Turning
Tool: ISO P20 Carbide Ugima Ugima
Speed: 180 m/min 316L 316L
Feed: 0.25 mm/rev. 20 20
Depth
of cut: 1.5mm
Standard Standard
10 316L 10 316L
µm µm
100 200 300 100 200 300
Ugima will enable higher cutting speeds
Ugima belongs to a new generation of steels and to benefit fully from its unique
4 characteristics a minor modification is required to cutting conditions. In particular,
S7
it is necessary to increase cutting speeds.
The tables below are typical comparisons of cutting parameters which have been
achieved in Ugitech’s laboratories and tested in industrial conditions.
Cutting speed (m/min)

Cutting Stainless Feedstock Depth of Feed Carbide
process steel grade condition Brazed Plain Coated cut (mm) (mm/rev) insert (ISO)
carbide carbide carbide
CNC turning Ugima 303 annealed 172 192 250 3 0.40 P10 - P20
(rough
machining) cold drawn 150 169 220 3 0.40 P20
*AISI 303 annealed 130 145 185 3 0.40 –
cold drawn 110 125 160 3 0.40 –
CNC turning Ugima 303 annealed 220 280 350 1 0.20 P10 - P20
(finish
*AISI 303 annealed 150 170 215 1 0.20 –
cold drawn 120 145 185 1 0.20 –
CNC turning Ugima 304L annealed 125 138 180 3 0.40 P10 - P20
(rough
*AISI 304L annealed 103 115 149 3 0.40 –
cold drawn 94 100 128 3 0.40 –
Ugima 316L annealed 96 114 149 3 0.40 P10 - P20
cold drawn 84 96 128 3 0.40 P20
*AISI 316L annealed 76 90 123 3 0.40 –
cold drawn 65 75 102 3 0.40 –
* Machining Data Handbook, 3rd Edition Vol.1 (1980) Metcut Research Ass. Inc.

Stainless steel round bar – ASTM A276
Condition: 25.4mm and less generally drawn, above 25.4mm and less than 101.6mm
is generally annealed, turned and polished. Sizes above 101.6mm are generally rough
turned to k12 tolerance.
Grades 431 and 2205 are often stocked in a smooth turned or centreless ground finish.
Grades
Diameter
Weight Ugima / Improved Machining Bar
(kg/m) 431 2205
316/316L H and T
mm inches 303 304/304L 316/316L
CG-h8
3.00 0.118 0.06

3.18 0.125 0.06
3.97 0.156 0.10
4.00 0.157 0.10
4.76 0.187 0.14
4.90 0.193 0.15
5.00 0.197 0.15
6.00 0.236 0.22
5
S7
6.35 0.250 0.25
7.94 0.313 0.39
8.00 0.315 0.39
9.00 0.354 0.50
9.52 0.375 0.56
10.00 0.394 0.62
11.11 0.437 0.76
12.00 0.472 0.89
12.70 0.500 1.01
14.00 0.551 1.21
14.28 0.562 1.26
15.87 0.625 1.55
16.00 0.630 1.58
17.46 0.687 1.88
18.00 0.709 2.00
19.05 0.750 2.24
20.00 0.787 2.47
22.00 0.866 2.99
22.23 0.875 3.05
24.00 0.945 3.56
25.00 0.984 3.86
25.40 1.000 3.98
28.58 1.125 5.04
30.00 1.181 5.56

Stainless steel round bar (continued)
Grades
Diameter
Weight Ugima / Improved Machining Bar
(kg/m) 431 2205
316/316L H and T
mm inches 303 304/304L 316/316L
CG-h8
31.75 1.250 6.22

34.92 1.375 7.53
35.00 1.378 7.56
36.00 1.417 8.00
38.10 1.500 8.96
40.00 1.575 9.88
41.27 1.625 10.51
44.45 1.750 12.20
50.00 1.969 15.43
50.80 2.000 15.93
6 53.97 2.125 17.98

S7 57.15 2.250 20.16
60.00 2.362 22.22
63.50 2.500 24.89
69.85 2.750 30.12
76.20 3.000 35.84
82.55 3.250 42.07
88.90 3.500 48.79
95.25 3.750 56.00
100.00 3.937 61.73
101.60 4.000 63.72
114.30 4.500 80.65
127.00 5.000 99.56
140.00 5.512 120.99
152.40 6.000 143.37
165.00 6.496 168.06
177.80 7.000 195.15
203.20 8.000 254.89
205.00 8.071 259.42
228.60 9.000 322.59
254.00 10.000 398.26
304.80 12.000 573.80

Flat bar – ASTM A276 – Condition: HRAP or SRE
Grades Grades
Width Thickness Weight Width Thickness Weight
(mm) (mm) (kg/m) 304 316 (mm) (mm) (kg/m) 304 316
12.00 3.00 0.29 65.00 5.00 2.66

6.00 0.59 6.00 3.19
20.00 3.00 0.49 8.00 4.25
5.00 0.82 10.00 5.31
6.00 0.98 12.00 6.38
10.00 1.63 75.00 5.00 3.07
25.00 3.00 0.61 6.00 3.68
5.00 1.02 8.00 4.91
6.00 1.23 10.00 6.13
8.00 1.63 12.00 7.36
10.00 2.04 16.00 9.81 7
12.00 2.45 20.00 12.27 S7
30.00 3.00 0.74 25.00 15.33

5.00 1.23 100.00 6.00 4.91
6.00 1.47 8.00 6.54
8.00 1.96 10.00 8.18
10.00 2.45 12.00 9.81
12.00 2.94 16.00 13.08
40.00 3.00 0.98 20.00 16.35
5.00 1.63 25.00 20.44
6.00 1.96 150.00 6.00 7.36
8.00 2.62 10.00 12.27
10.00 3.27 12.00 14.72
12.00 3.92 200.00 10.00 16.35
50.00 3.00 1.23
5.00 2.04
6.00 2.45
8.00 3.27
10.00 4.09
12.00 4.91
16.00 6.54
20.00 8.18
25.00 10.22

Angle HRAP – ASTM A276 Hexagonal bar – ASTM A276 and A582M
Condition: HRAP Condition: cold drawn
Section Grades ‘AF’ across flats Grades
Thickness Weight Weight
mm mm (mm) (kg/m) 304 316 mm inches (kg/m) 303 316
20.00 20.00 3.00 0.90 6.35 0.250 0.27

25.00 25.00 3.00 1.10 7.93 0.312 0.43
5.00 1.80 8.00 0.315 0.44
6.00 2.10 9.53 0.375 0.62
30.00 30.00 3.00 1.30 11.11 0.437 0.84
4.00 1.80 13.34 0.525 1.21
5.00 2.20 15.27 0.601 1.59
6.00 2.05 18.03 0.710 2.21
40.00 40.00 3.00 1.80 19.05 0.750 2.47
4.00 2.40 20.83 0.820 2.95
8 5.00 2.90 22.00 0.866 3.29

S7 6.00 3.50 22.23 0.875 3.36
50.00 50.00 3.00 2.30 23.37 0.920 3.72
4.00 3.00 24.00 0.945 3.92
5.00 3.70 25.65 1.010 4.48
6.00 4.40 28.58 1.125 5.56
10.00 7.10 30.00 1.181 6.13
65.00 65.00 6.00 5.80 30.48 1.200 6.32
10.00 9.40 31.75 1.250 6.86
75.00 75.00 6.00 6.80 33.05 1.300 7.42
10.00 9.40 34.92 1.374 8.30
100.00 100.00 6.00 9.10 37.59 1.479 9.59
10.00 14.90 42.42 1.670 12.22
12.00 17.70 47.63 1.875 15.40
50.80 2.000 17.52
57.15 2.250 22.17
Available 63.50 2.500 27.37

Mill sourced

Square bar – ASTM A276
‘AF’ across flats Weight Grades
mm inches (kg/m) 304 316

CD CD
6.00 0.240 0.28
6.35 0.250 0.32
8.00 0.310 0.50
9.52 0.370 0.71
10.00 0.390 0.78
12.00 0.470 1.13
12.70 0.500 1.26
14.00 0.550 1.54
15.88 0.630 1.98
16.00 0.630 2.01
19.05 0.750 2.84
9
20.00 0.790 3.14 S7
25.00 0.980 4.90
25.40 1.000 5.06
31.75 1.250 7.90
32.00 1.260 8.03
38.10 1.500 11.38
40.00 1.570 12.54
45.00 1.770 15.88
50.80 2.000 20.23
63.50 2.50 33.20
76.20 3.00 45.65
Channels HRAP – ASTM A276

Section Grades
Thickness Weight
mm mm (mm) (kg/m) 304 316
80.00 40.00 5.00 7.00

100.00 50.00 6.00 9.16
150.00 75.00 6.00 13.80

Hollow bar – ASTM A511 – Condition: hot finished, annealed and pickled
Finish – turned sizes

Nominal diameter Valima
Weight Externally centred Internally centred
Grade
(kg/m)
316L
OD (mm) ID (mm) Max. OD (mm) Min. ID (mm) Max. OD (mm) Min. ID (mm)
32.00 20.00 4.03 31.50 21.50 30.50 20.50

16.00 4.91 31.50 17.80 30.20 16.50
36.00 25.00 4.35 35.50 26.40 34.60 25.50
20.00 5.73 35.50 21.80 34.20 20.50
16.00 6.61 35.50 18.10 33.90 16.50
40.00 28.00 5.27 39.50 29.50 38.50 28.50
25.00 6.25 39.50 26.70 38.30 25.50
20.00 7.63 39.50 22.10 37.90 20.50
45.00 32.00 6.69 44.50 33.60 43.50 32.50
30.00 6.89 44.50 31.70 43.30 30.50
10
S7 28.00 7.59 44.50 29.80 43.10 28.50
20.00 10.49 44.50 22.50 42.50 20.50
50.00 36.00 8.00 49.00 38.30 48.00 37.00
32.00 9.67 49.00 34.60 47.80 37.00
25.00 12.10 49.00 28.20 47.30 36.00
56.00 45.00 7.52 55.00 47.20 53.80 45.00
40.00 10.13 55.00 42.30 54.10 41.00
36.00 11.99 55.00 38.80 53.60 37.00
28.00 15.11 55.00 31.40 53.10 29.00
60.00 40.00 13.03 59.00 42.80 57.60 41.00
63.00 50.00 9.82 62.00 52.60 60.70 51.00
40.00 15.34 62.00 43.00 60.40 41.00
32.00 18.86 62.00 35.70 59.90 33.00
70.00 50.00 16.01 69.00 52.80 67.60 51.00
71.00 56.00 13.00 70.00 58.80 68.80 57.00
53.00 15.00 70.00 55.60 68.70 54.00
45.00 19.79 70.00 48.60 68.20 46.00
36.00 24.23 70.00 40.00 67.60 37.00
75.00 40.00 26.20 73.00 42.80 71.40 41.00
76.00 60.00 14.67 74.00 62.90 72.40 61.00
58.00 16.10 74.00 61.10 72.20 59.90
56.00 17.49 74.00 58.80 72.60 57.00

Hollow bar (continued)

Grade
(kg/m)
316L
80.00 63.00 16.37 78.00 66.00 76.30 64.00

60.00 18.62 78.00 64.30 75.70 62.00
50.00 25.30 78.00 53.70 75.90 51.00
40.00 30.78 78.00 44.50 75.90 41.00
85.00 45.00 33.70 83.70 47.60 82.10 46.00
90.00 71.00 20.61 88.00 74.20 86.10 72.00
63.00 27.13 88.00 66.40 86.10 64.00
50.00 36.06 88.00 54.50 85.30 51.00
95.00 50.00 41.92 93.00 57.10 88.30 52.00
96.00 66.00 31.84 94.00 69.70 91.90 67.00
11
100.00 80.00 24.37 98.00 84.40 96.00 82.00
S7
71.00 32.64 98.00 74.60 96.00 72.00
56.00 44.22 98.00 60.90 95.00 57.00
106.00 85.00 27.18 103.00 89.50 100.90 87.00
80.00 32.20 103.00 85.00 100.50 82.00
71.00 40.46 103.00 75.10 100.60 72.00
56.00 52.05 103.00 61.40 99.60 57.00
108.00 83.00 31.93 105.00 87.90 102.60 85.00
112.00 97.00 22.18 109.00 100.90 107.40 99.00
90.00 30.14 109.00 94.60 106.80 92.00
80.00 40.48 109.00 84.90 106.80 82.00
63.00 55.26 109.00 68.30 105.70 64.00
118.00 90.00 38.87 115.00 95.30 112.30 92.00
80.00 49.21 115.00 85.40 112.40 82.00
63.00 63.99 115.00 68.80 111.30 64.00
125.00 100.00 38.08 122.00 105.00 119.50 102.00
90.00 49.64 122.00 95.40 119.60 92.00
71.00 47.68 122.00 76.70 118.30 72.00
132.00 106.00 41.95 129.00 112.10 126.40 109.00
90.00 61.03 129.00 95.70 126.10 92.00
71.00 79.63 129.00 77.30 124.90 72.00

Hollow bar (continued)

Grade
(kg/m)
316L
135.00 106.00 47.02 132.00 112.40 129.10 109.00

140.00 112.00 47.44 137.00 118.30 134.20 115.00
106.00 55.73 137.00 108.60 133.70 109.00
100.00 63.24 137.00 105.60 134.20 102.00
80.00 85.14 137.00 87.30 132.90 82.00
150.00 125.00 47.39 147.00 131.00 144.50 128.00
106.00 74.08 147.00 112.90 143.90 109.00
80.00 103.49 147.00 88.10 142.30 82.00
160.00 132.00 56.07 156.00 138.40 153.20 135.00
120.00 74.46 156.00 126.60 153.20 123.00
12 112.00 85.75 156.00 119.30 152.70 115.00
S7
170.00 140.00 63.73 166.00 147.60 163.00 144.00
118.00 98.24 167.00 127.00 162.00 121.00
106.00 114.59 166.00 114.60 161.60 109.00
175.00 140.00 74.65 171.00 148.50 167.60 144.00
180.00 125.00 111.00 177.30 128.90 175.30 126.90
150.00 68.24 176.00 157.50 173.40 154.00
190.00 132.00 115.14 186.00 136.00 185.00 134.00
200.00 160.00 97.5 197.00 164.00 195.40 162.40
212.00 150.00 138.37 208.00 161.00 202.00 154.00
215.00 170.00 116.83 211.00 181.00 205.30 174.00
224.00 140.00 199.00 220.00 148.50 217.90 144.00
236.00 192.00 135.69 231.00 201.10 225.30 194.00
250.00 200.00 138.72 246.20 204.90 244.30 203.00
* Other grades available based on a mill enquiry.

Stainless steel wire

Refer to “Atlas Specialty Metals – Stainless Steel Wire and Bar” for additional
detailed information.
Grades available: 302HQ, 303, 304, 304L, 316, 316L, 416 and 430. Other grades may
be available on request.
General engineering wire

Their applications are very diverse, including a large range of clips, handles, rings, pins,
axles, shafts… the list is endless.
Diameter range: Drawn wire (CD, BD) 1.0 to 16.0mm.

Bright annealed (BA) 1.0 to 6.0mm.
Annealed and pickled (ANN) 3.0 to 16.0mm. 13
Sizes outside this range can be supplied subject to enquiry. S7
Standard diameter tolerances

Description Diameter (mm) Standard tolerance (mm)
BD, CD, BA and temper drawn wire 1.00 - 8.00 +

_ 0.02
over 8.00 +
_ 0.04
Annealed and pickled (ANN) over 3.00 +

_ 0.05
Typical tensile strength ranges (MPa)

Annealed Bright annealed Bright or cold drawn
Grade
(ANN) (BA) (BD or CD)
302HQ 450 - 600 500 - 700 550 - 750

303 550 - 700 600 - 800 700 - 900
304 550 - 700 600 - 800 700 - 900
304L 550 - 700 600 - 800 700 - 900
310 550 - 750 600 - 850 700 - 930
316 500 - 650 550 - 750 700 - 900
316L 500 - 650 550 - 750 700 - 900
321 550 - 700 600 - 800 700 - 900
410 450 - 600 – 550 - 750
430 450 - 600 – 550 - 750
431 800 - 950 – 800 - 1000

Temper drawn wire
Where wire is ordered to a temper designation the following values will be assumed for
tensile strengths.
Temper drawn wire Grade 304: tensile strength (MPa)

Temper 1 - 2mm dia. over 2 - 3mm dia. over 3 - 5mm dia. over 5 - 8mm dia. over 8 - 12mm dia.
1/8 Hard 750 - 950 750 - 950 700 - 900 650 - 850 650 - 850
1/4 Hard 1000 - 1200 1000 - 1200 900 - 1100 850 - 1050 750 - 950
1/2 Hard 1250 - 1450* 1150 - 1350* 1000 - 1200 950 - 1150 850 - 1050
3/4 Hard 1550 - 1750* 1400 - 1600* 1200 - 1400* 1050 - 1250* 900 - 1100
Temper drawn wire Grade 316: tensile strength (MPa)

Temper 1 - 2mm dia. over 2 - 3mm dia. over 3 - 5mm dia. over 5 - 8mm dia. over 8 - 12mm dia.
1/8 Hard 750 - 950 750 - 950 700 - 900 650 - 850 650 - 850
1/4 Hard 1000 - 1200 1000 - 1200 900 - 1100 750 - 950 700 - 900
1/2 Hard 1150 - 1350* 1050 - 1250* 1000 - 1200 850 - 1050 800 - 1000
3/4 Hard 1300 - 1500* 1250 - 1450* 1100 - 1300* 900 - 1100* 850 - 1050
14
S7 *Only available in CD finish.
Cold heading wire
Usually produced in grades 302HQ and 316 and a much lesser quantity of 410 and 430.
These grades are suitable to produce the full range of fasteners.
Product range
Diameter Coil weight Nominal coil ID Std diameter tolerance
(mm) (kg)* (mm) (mm)
1.51 - 2.00 30 - 75 460 + 0.03 - 0

2.01 - 3.50 35 - 80 560 + 0.03 - 0
3.51 - 5.00 40 - 100 560 + 0.03 - 0
5.01 - 7.00 50 - 200 560 + 0.03 - 0
Over 7.00 50 - 200 620 + 0.03 - 0
Over 8.00 + 0.04 - 0
*Stem packs available up to 6mm dia. and 1000kg per pack.
Standard tensile strength(I) (MPa)

Grade Lightly drawn Annealed
S30430 (302HQ common name) 660 max 605 max

304 725 max 620 max
316 655 max 620 max
410 585(2) max 565 max
430 595 max 520 max

Conditions Description
(“AFS”) Annealed at final size Softest condition for extreme cold heading.
Skin passed Standard condition for HQ wire is annealed and skin passed
(lightly drawn).
Drawn to special For special applications such as high strength bolts or screws,
tensile ranges the tensile range can be specified.
Surface finish Description

Super coat (SC) Non-metallic lubricant coating – standard heading wire coating.
Bare All coatings removed.
Lime and soap Subject to prior arrangement.
Spring wire
Common grades of spring wire are 304 and 316. The spring coating is usually left
on the wire, assisting with spring manufacturing. Special versions of 304 and 316
with a controlled analysis range are manufactured for required tensile strength values. 15
S7
Spring temper wire has the highest tensile strength of any stainless steel wire
conforming to ASTM A313M and can also be supplied to JIS G4314.
Coating: Standard coating is ‘spring coat’ for spring forming. By arrangement can be
supplied bare to assist with soldering.
Straightened and cut lengths: Spring temper diameter 1.6 to 10mm can be supplied
straightened and in cut bar lengths, with tensile strength specifications of 90% of the
table listed on page 16/S4.
Stress relief: Stress relief of finished springs in the temperature range of approximately
200-400˚C can improve their elastic properties. Higher temperatures will result in
permanent softening and (above approx. 450˚C) carbide precipitation.

Spring wire Grade 304: tensile strength

Tensile strength (MPa) Tensile strength (MPa)
Diameter (mm) Diameter (mm)
Min. Max. Min. Max.
Up to 0.23 2240 2450 1.61 - 1.78 1735 1935

0.24 - 0.25 2205 2415 1.79 - 1.90 1725 1915
0.26 - 0.28 2190 2400 1.91 - 2.03 1695 1895
0.29 - 0.30 2180 2385 2.04 - 2.21 1670 1870
0.31 - 0.33 2165 2370 2.22 - 2.41 1640 1850
0.34 - 0.36 2150 2360 2.42 - 2.67 1600 1805
0.37 - 0.38 2135 2345 2.68 - 2.92 1565 1770
0.39 - 0.41 2125 2330 2.93 - 3.17 1530 1745
0.42 - 0.43 2110 2315 3.18 - 3.43 1495 1710
0.44 - 0.46 2095 2300 3.44 - 3.76 1450 1660
0.47 - 0.51 2070 2275 3.77 - 4.11 1415 1620
0.52 - 0.56 2040 2250 4.12 - 4.50 1365 1570
16 0.57 - 0.61 2015 2220 4.51 - 4.88 1335 1550

S7 0.62 - 0.66 2005 2205 4.89 - 5.26 1295 1515
0.67 - 0.71 1995 2190 5.27 - 5.72 1255 1475
0.72 - 0.79 1965 2170 5.73 - 6.35 1205 1415
0.80 - 0.86 1945 2135 6.36 - 7.06 1160 1365
0.87 - 0.94 1930 2125 7.07 - 7.77 1110 1325
0.95 - 1.04 1895 2095 7.78 - 8.41 1070 1280
1.05 - 1.14 1875 2070 8.42 - 9.19 1035 1240
1.15 - 1.27 1840 2035 9.20 - 10.00 1000 1205
1.28 - 1.37 1825 2020 10.01 - 11.12 965 1170
1.38 - 1.47 1800 1990 11.13 - 12.70 930 1150
1.48 - 1.60 1780 1965 Over 12.70 895 1105
Spring wire Grade 316: tensile strength

Tensile strength (MPa) Tensile strength (MPa)
Diameter (mm) Diameter (mm)
Min. Max. Min. Max.
Up to 0.25 1690 1895 2.68 - 3.05 1345 1550
0.26 - 0.38 1655 1860 3.06 - 3.76 1275 1480
0.39 - 0.61 1620 1825 3.77 - 4.22 1240 1450
0.62 - 1.04 1620 1825 4.23 - 4.50 1170 1380
1.05 - 1.19 1585 1790 4.51 - 5.26 1105 1310
1.20 - 1.37 1550 1760 5.27 - 5.72 1070 1275
1.38 - 1.57 1515 1725 5.73 - 6.35 1035 1240
1.58 - 1.83 1480 1690 6.36 - 7.92 965 1170
1.84 - 2.03 1450 1655 7.93 - 9.53 930 1140
2.04 - 2.34 1415 1620 9.54 - 12.70 895 1105
2.35 - 2.67 1380 1585 Over 12.70 850 1070

Weaving wire
Grades 304, 316 and some 430 are used in a variety of tensile strengths, diameters and
coatings for weaving. Applications in mining and processing, screens and mesh link belts
for mineral processing, heat treatment and in the food industry.
Specific tensile strengths can be produced to the customers’ requirements, generally

1
/4 Hard or 1/2 Hard (usually 900-1100 MPa or 1000-1200 MPa). Cast and Helix may
also be specified.
Flattened wire
Manufactured in a general range of 0.5mm x 5.5mm to 3.18mm x 8mm.

Edges are as rolled (rounded) as edging rolls are not used. Available in most grades.
Wire Finishes
Condition and finish Symbol Description Size range (mm)
Annealed and pickled ANN Grey matt finish, annealed and pickled after 3.00 - 16.00
17
S7
drawing to size.
Bright annealed BA Semi – bright finish obtained by strand annealing 1.00 - 7.00
in a protective atmosphere.
Bright drawn BD Bright finish – wire given a cold draw in oil 1.00 - 16.00
and cleaned to improve surface lustre.
Cold drawn CD Semi matt finish – lightly drawn in soap. 1.00 - 16.00
Can be cleaned if requested.
Temper drawn 1/8 H Cold drawn in oil (BD) or soap (CD) to produce 1.00 - 12.00
1/4 H specific tensile strength.
1/2 H Can have either CD or BD finish.
3/4 H See page 14/S4 ‘Temper drawn wire’
Spring temper ST Cold drawn to spring hard temper. 1.00 - 16.00
Supplied with lubricant coating to aid spring coiling.
Can be supplied cleaned.
Super-coat SC Semi bright finish, coated with non-metallic lubricant 1.00 - 16.00
and lightly drawn in soap; or annealed and coated at
final size for cold heading.
Wire Coatings
Super-coat/spring-coat: Water soluble coatings applied by dipping and baking
to act as a lubricant carrier in subsequent forming. Wire can be drawn in soap
to provide an additional stearate lubricant coating.
Lime: A thin uniform coating of lime applied by dipping and baking.
Soap-coated: CD wire and bar is usually supplied with drawing soap left on
to facilitate subsequent forming.
Oiled: BD bar and wire can be supplied with the drawing oil left on to assist
subsequent fabrication.

Bandsaw and hacksaw

processing equipment
Within our branches we operate automated bandsaw and hacksaw facilities
offering a complete cutting service for your bar requirements. The local markets
and regional centres are supported by the nearest capital city when required.
Below are listed the capacities of each branch.
Melbourne: Three fully automated repetition bandsaws (diameter capacity of 520mm).
Sydney: Two bandsaws (diameter capacity of 600mm).

Two hacksaws (diameter capacity of 300mm).
Newcastle: Four fully automated repetition bandsaws (diameter capacity of 650mm).
Adelaide: One fully automated repetition bandsaws (diameter capacity of 300mm).
18 Perth: Four fully automated repetition bandsaws (diameter capacity of 460mm).

S7 Two hacksaws (diameter capacity of 300mm).
One bandsaw (diameter capacity of 260mm).
Darwin: One bandsaw (diameter capacity of 260mm).
Kalgoorlie: One fully automated repetition bandsaw (diameter capacity of 280mm).
Brisbane: Three fully automated repetition bandsaws (diameter capacity of 450mm).
Gladstone: One fully automated repetition bandsaw (diameter capacity of 450mm).
Townsville: One fully automated repetition bandsaw (diameter capacity of 450mm).
Mackay: Two fully automated repetition bandsaws (diameter capacity of 350 and 450mm).
New Zealand: Eight fully automated repetition bandsaws (diameter capacity of 1000mm).
Three hacksaws (diameter capacity of 300mm).
For more details regarding our processing service please contact your nearest sales office.

Engineering Bar
8
Engineering Bar
Photography courtesy of OneSteel Martin Bright and Hamilton Jet NZ.

SECTION 8: ENGINEERING BAR: BRIGHT AND MILD STEEL BAR
Bright mild steel bar

Refer to the “Atlas Specialty Metals – Technical Handbook of Bar Products”,
for more details on specifications, dimensions and technical data.
Bright steel bars are carbon steel which has had the surface condition
improved over the hot rolled finish supplied by the steel mill. Advantages
achieved include improved machinability, enhancement of physical and
mechanical properties and improved dimensional tolerances and straightness.
Cold finished steels are covered by Australian Standard AS1443 or similar overseas
alternatives.
Types of cold finished bars
Cold drawn bars are widely used in mass production of parts due to their excellent
mechanical and dimensional properties, with machinability in excess of the hot rolled
condition. Round, hexagonal and square bars can be produced by cold drawing.
Turned and polished round bars have similar mechanical properties to those of
equivalent hot rolled bar, but exhibit a smooth, bright surface finish and improved
dimensional accuracy. They are widely used where a surface free of decarburisation is
required, for example in induction hardening and when the surface must be free from
surface defects, such as for use in cold forming.
Cold drawn and precision ground or turned and precision ground round bars, 1
where very close dimensional tolerances and finishes are required, e.g. plating. S8
Cold rolled sizes up to 100mm wide and 7mm thick inclusive are produced by cold
rolling to produce flat and some special shape sections to suitable tolerances and
surface finishes.
Carbon steel groups
10xx Plain carbon steels.

11xx Sulphurised free cutting carbon steels. (Free machining steels)
12xx Phosphorised and sulphurised free cutting carbon steels. (Free machining steels)
xxLxx Lead bearing free cutting carbon steels.
13xx Carbon – manganese steels. (Pearlitic manganese steels)

CURRENT STEEL-MAKING PRACTICE

Old New Example of Example of
Practice
Prefix Prefix Old Prefix New Prefix
R U Steel with unspecified deoxidation R1008 U1004
S U (no minimum % Si specified) S1010 U1010
Merchant quality. Similar to “U”
CS M CS1020 M1020
with wider composition range
K No Prefix As per relevant table in Standard K1045 1045
A major deviation in chemical
X X XK1320 X1320
composition from AISI-SAE grades
Chemical composition (specified elemental limits as per AS1443)
Grade C Si Mn P S Pb
M1020 Min 0.15 – 0.30 – – –
Max 0.25 0.35 0.90 0.050 0.050 –
M1030 Min 0.25 – 0.30 – – –
Max 0.35 0.35 0.90 0.050 0.050 –
1045 Min 0.43 0.10 0.60 – – –
Max 0.50 0.35 0.90 0.040 0.040 –
1214 Min – – 0.80 0.04 0.25 –
Max 0.15 0.10 1.20 0.09 0.35 –
12L14 Min – – 0.80 0.04 0.25 0.15
Max 0.15 0.10 1.20 0.09 0.35 0.35
2 Typical minimum tensile properties (not guaranteed as these grades are not tensile tested)
S8
Cold Drawn Condition Tensile Strength (MPa)
Grade
Up to 16mm incl. Over 16mm to 38mm incl. Over 38mm to 63.5mm incl.
M1020 480 min 460 min 430 min
M1030 560 min 540 min 520 min
1045 690 min 650 min 640 min
1214 480 min 430 min 400 min
12L14 480 min 430 min 400 min
Turned and Polished Condition (Hot Finished) Tensile Strength
Grade
Up to 50mm incl. Over 50mm to 250mm incl.
M1020 410 min 410 min
M1030 500 min 500 min
1045 600 min 600 min
1214 370 min 370 min
12L14 370 min 370 min
Note, that alternative grades with guaranteed mechanical properties are available subject to special order.

Shape and section measurements

Round bar: measured across the diameter.
Square bar: measured across the flats (AF).
Hexagonal bar: measured across the flats (AF).
Flat bar: measured width x thickness.
Product and stock range for bright mild steel
Size (mm) Standard

Production Shape nominal lengths
method Min. Max. (m)
Cold drawn Round 3.17 63.5 3.5 or 6
Hexagon 4.76 73.02 3.5
Square 3 50.8 3.5
Flat 9.52 x 3.17 152.4 x 76.2 3.5
Turned and polished Round 10 260 3.5 or 6
Centreless Round 3 160 3.5 or 6

precision ground
Coil cold rolled Flat 6.35 x 1.59 20 x 5 3.5
Bar cold rolled Flat 25 x 5 100 x 7 3.5
Dimensional tolerances for bright mild steel
Form and condition

Round
3
Square Hexagonal Flat S8
Precision ground Cold drawn Turned and polished
h8 h10 h11 h11 h11 h11
Dimensional tolerances
Diameter or Tolerance grade (mm)
cross-sectional
dimension (mm) h7 h8 h9 h10 h11 h12
up to 3 +0 -0.010 +0 -0.014 +0 -0.025 +0 -0.040 +0 -0.060 +0 -0.100

over 3 to 6 +0 -0.012 +0 -0.018 +0 -0.030 +0 -0.048 +0 -0.075 +0 -0.120
over 6 to 10 +0 -0.015 +0 -0.022 +0 -0.036 +0 -0.058 +0 -0.090 +0 -0.150
over 10 to 18 +0 -0.018 +0 -0.027 +0 -0.043 +0 -0.070 +0 -0.110 +0 -0.180
over 18 to 30 +0 -0.021 +0 -0.033 +0 -0.052 +0 -0.084 +0 -0.130 +0 -0.210
over 30 to 50 +0 -0.025 +0 -0.039 +0 -0.062 +0 -0.100 +0 -0.160 +0 -0.250
over 50 to 80 +0 -0.030 +0 -0.046 +0 -0.074 +0 -0.120 +0 -0.190 +0 -0.300
over 80 to 120 +0 -0.035 +0 -0.054 +0 -0.087 +0 -0.140 +0 -0.220 +0 -0.350
over 120 to 180 +0 -0.040 +0 -0.063 +0 -0.100 +0 -0.160 +0 -0.250 +0 -0.400
over 180 to 250 +0 -0.046 +0 -0.072 +0 -0.115 +0 -0.185 +0 -0.290 +0 -0.460
over 250 to 315 +0 -0.052 +0 -0.081 +0 -0.130 +0 -0.210 +0 -0.320 +0 -0.520
The above table can be used for k tolerance dimensions. k tolerance = -0, +all.

Bright mild steel cold drawn round bar
Stock range and theoretical weights

Diameter Weight S10S Grade
mm inches (kg/m) M1020/M1030 1045 1214 12L14
3.18 0.125 0.06
4.76 0.187 0.14
6.00 0.236 0.22
6.35 0.250 0.25
7.00 0.276 0.30
7.94 0.313 0.39
8.00 0.315 0.39
9.00 0.354 0.50
9.52 0.375 0.56
10.00 0.394 0.62
11.11 0.437 0.76
12.00 0.472 0.89
Available
12.70 0.500 0.99
13.00 0.512 1.04
14.00 0.551 1.21
Mill sourced
14.29 0.563 1.26
14.55 0.572 1.30
15.00 0.591 1.39
15.87 0.625 1.55
4 16.00 0.630 1.58
S8
17.00 0.669 1.78
17.46 0.687 1.88
18.00 0.709 2.00
19.00 0.748 2.23
19.05 0.750 2.24
20.00 0.787 2.47
20.64 0.812 2.63
21.00 0.827 2.72
22.00 0.866 2.98
22.22 0.875 3.04
23.81 0.937 3.49
24.00 0.945 3.55

Bright mild steel cold drawn round bar (continued)

mm inches (kg/m) M1020/M1030 1045 1214 12L14
25.00 0.984 3.85
25.40 1.000 3.98
26.00 1.024 4.17
27.00 1.063 4.49
28.57 1.125 5.03
30.00 1.181 5.55
31.75 1.250 6.21
32.00 1.260 6.31
33.00 1.300 6.72
34.92 1.375 7.52
35.00 1.378 7.55
36.00 1.417 7.99
Available
38.10 1.500 8.95
39.00 1.535 9.38
40.00 1.575 9.86
Mill sourced
41.27 1.625 10.50
42.42 1.670 11.09
44.45 1.750 12.18
45.00 1.772 12.48
5 46.00 1.811 13.04 5
S8 S8
47.62 1.875 13.98
50.00 1.969 15.41
52.07 2.050 16.71
50.80 2.000 15.91
53.67 2.113 17.76
55.00 2.165 18.65
57.15 2.250 20.14
60.00 2.362 22.19
63.50 2.500 24.86
65.00 2.559 26.05
70.00 2.756 30.21
75.00 2.953 34.68

Bright mild steel cold drawn turned and polished round bar

mm inches (kg/m) 1045 1214
60.00 2.362 22.19
63.50 2.500 24.86
65.00 2.559 26.05
66.67 2.625 27.40
69.85 2.750 30.12
70.00 2.756 30.21
75.00 2.953 34.68
76.20 3.000 35.80
80.00 3.150 39.46
82.55 3.250 42.01
88.90 3.500 48.72
90.00 3.543 49.94
Available
95.00 3.740 55.64
95.25 3.750 56.01
100.00 3.937 61.65
Mill sourced
101.60 4.000 63.64
110.00 4.331 74.60
114.30 4.500 80.54
120.00 4.724 88.78
6 127.00 5.000 99.44
S8
130.00 5.118 104.19
139.70 5.500 120.32
152.40 6.000 143.19
165.10 6.500 168.05
177.80 7.000 194.89
203.20 8.000 254.55
254.00 10.000 397.74

Bright mild steel cold drawn hexagonal bar

mm inches (kg/m) 1045 1214 12L14
3.18 0.125 0.07
4.76 0.187 0.15
6.00 0.236 0.24
6.35 0.250 0.27
7.00 0.276 0.33
7.94 0.313 0.43
8.00 0.315 0.43
9.00 0.354 0.55
9.52 0.375 0.62
10.00 0.394 0.68
11.11 0.437 0.84
12.00 0.472 0.98
Available
12.70 0.500 1.10
13.00 0.512 1.15
14.00 0.551 1.33
Mill sourced
14.29 0.563 1.39
14.55 0.572 1.44
15.00 0.591 1.53
15.87 0.625 1.71
16.00 0.630 1.74 7
S8
17.00 0.669 1.96
17.46 0.687 2.07
18.00 0.709 2.20
19.00 0.748 2.45
19.05 0.750 2.47
20.00 0.787 2.72
20.64 0.812 2.90
21.00 0.827 3.00
22.00 0.866 3.29
22.22 0.875 3.36
23.81 0.937 3.85
24.00 0.945 3.92

Bright mild steel cold drawn hexagonal bar (continued)

mm inches (kg/m) 1045 1214 12L14
25.00 0.984 4.25
25.40 1.000 4.39
26.00 1.024 4.59
27.00 1.063 4.96
28.57 1.125 5.55
30.00 1.181 6.12
31.75 1.250 6.85
32.00 1.260 6.96
33.00 1.300 7.40
34.92 1.375 8.29
35.00 1.378 8.33
36.00 1.417 8.81
Available
38.10 1.500 9.87
39.00 1.535 10.34
40.00 1.575 10.88
Mill sourced
41.27 1.625 11.58
42.42 1.670 12.23
44.45 1.750 13.43
45.00 1.772 13.77
8 46.00 1.811 14.38
S8
47.62 1.875 15.42
50.00 1.969 16.99
52.07 2.050 18.43
50.80 2.000 17.54
53.67 2.113 19.58
55.00 2.165 20.56
57.15 2.250 22.20
60.00 2.362 24.47
63.50 2.500 27.41
65.00 2.559 28.72
70.00 2.756 33.31
75.00 2.953 38.24
Other sizes available up to 100mm mill sourced generally.

Imperial flats
Width S10S Thickness (mm)
(mm) 3.17 4.76 6.35 7.96 9.52 12.70 15.87 19.05 22.22 25.40 31.75 38.10 44.45 50.80 57.15 63.50 76.20 101.60
Printed April 2008

9.52 1020 1020 1020
15.87 1004 1020 1020
19.05 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020
25.40 1004 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020
31.75 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020
38.10 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020
44.45 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020
50.80 1004 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020
63.50 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020
Cold rolled square edge – U1004
Cold drawn square edge – M1020
76.20 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020
88.90 1020 1020 1020
101.60 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020
127.00 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020
152.40 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020
Metric flats
Bright steel – flat bar and square-edged flat bar
Width S10S Thickness (mm)

(mm) 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 15 20 25 40 50
10 1004 1004 1004

20 1004 1020 Available
25 1004 1004 1004 1004 1020 1020 1020

32 1004 1004 1004 1004 1020 1020 1020 1020
40 1004 1004 1004 1004 1020 1020 1020 1020 Mill sourced
50 1004 1004 1004 1004 1020 1020 1020 1020

75 1004 1004 1004 1020 1020 1020 1020
Labelling with the table, i.e. (1004 and M1020)
100 1004 1004 1004 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020
identifies steel type commonly stocked in
150 1020
that size.
9
S8
Bright mild steel square bar – cold drawn squares
Stock range and theoretical weights Stock range and theoretical weights
Diameter S10S
Weight Grade Diameter S10S
Weight Grade
mm inches (kg/m) 1214 mm inches (kg/m) 1214
6.00 0.236 0.28 25.00 0.984 4.91

6.35 0.250 0.32 25.40 1.000 5.06
7.94 0.313 0.49 28.58 1.125 6.41
8.00 0.315 0.50 30.00 1.181 7.06
9.53 0.375 0.71 31.75 1.250 7.91
10.00 0.394 0.78 34.93 1.375 9.58
11.11 0.437 0.97 38.10 1.500 11.39
12.00 0.472 1.13 40.00 1.575 12.56
12.70 0.500 1.27 41.27 1.625 13.37
14.29 0.563 1.60 44.45 1.750 15.51
15.87 0.625 1.98 47.63 1.875 17.81
16.00 0.630 2.01 50.00 1.969 19.62
17.46 0.687 2.39 50.80 2.000 20.26
19.05 0.750 2.85 63.50 2.500 31.65
20.00 0.787 3.14 75.00 2.953 44.16
20.64 0.813 3.34 100.00 3.937 78.50
22.23 0.875 3.88 150.00 5.906 176.62
23.81 0.937 4.45
10 Available Mill sourced

S8

SECTION 8: ENGINEERING BAR: CARBON STEEL BAR
Carbon steel bar 1045

for more detail on specifications, dimensions and technical data.
Related Specifications
AS 1442 - 1045
JIS G4051 – S45C
BS 970: En8D / 43B
Grade C Mn Si P S
1045 0.45 0.7 0.2 0.02 0.02
Chemical Compostion (% by weight - nominal values)
Grade 1045 is a fully killed medium carbon steel supplied in the as-rolled condition or
normalised (subject to the diameter). The tensile strength is not guaranteed, but is
typically in the range of 550 – 700 MPa.
Applications
The steel machines readily and is ideal for applications including,
• Axles
• Bolts
• Hydraulic rams
• Pins
• Rolls
11
• Shafts S8
• Sprockets
• Machined parts requiring better strengths than mild steel
The steel is also well suited to induction and flame hardening
Dimensional Tolerances
The following tolerances apply to bar supplied to AS 1442.
Similar but not identical tolerances apply for other related specifications.
Nominal Diameter (mm) Diameter Tolerance (mm) Out-of-square Tolerance (mm)

Up to 25 ±0.25 0.40
Over 25 to 30 ±0.30 0.45
Over 30 to 40 ±0.40 0.60
Over 40 to 50 ±0.50 0.75
Over 50 to 60 ±0.60 0.90
Over 60 to 70 ±0.70 1.05
Over 70 to 80 ±0.80 1.20
Over 80 to 100 ±0.90 1.35
Over 100 to 125 ±3.20 / -nil 3.20
Over 125 to 170 ±4.80 / -nil 4.80
Over 170 to 215 ±6.40 / -nil 6.40

SECTION 8: ENGINEERING BAR: CARBON STEEL BAR
Diameter Weight Diameter Weight

mm inches kg/m mm inches kg/m
16 0.630 1.6 200 7.874 247

20 0.787 2.5 210 8.268 272
24 0.945 3.6 220 8.661 299
27 1.063 4.5 230 9.055 326
30 1.181 5.6 240 9.449 355
33 1.299 6.7 250 9.843 385
36 1.417 8.0 260 10.236 417
39 1.535 9.4 270 10.630 449
42 1.654 9.0 280 11.024 483
45 1.772 5.0 290 11.417 518
50 1.969 15.4 300 11.811 555
55 2.165 18.7 310 12.205 592
56 2.205 19.3 320 12.598 631
60 2.362 22.2 330 12.992 671
65 2.559 26.1 340 13.386 713
70 2.756 30.2 350 13.780 755
73 2.874 32.9 360 14.173 799
75 2.953 34.7 380 14.961 890
80 3.150 39.5 400 15.748 986
12 85 3.346 44.5 410 16.142 1036

S8 90 3.543 49.9 415 16.339 1062
95 3.740 55.6 420 16.535 1088
100 3.937 61.7 440 17.323 1194
105 4.134 68.0 450 17.717 1248
110 4.331 74.6 460 18.110 1305
120 4.724 88.8 480 18.898 1420
130 5.118 104 500 19.685 1541
140 5.512 121 525 20.669 1699
150 5.906 139 550 21.654 1865
160 6.299 158 590 23.228 2146
170 6.693 178 610 24.016 2294
180 7.087 200 650 25.591 2605
190 7.480 223
Available in random 5.0m - 6.0m lengths

SECTION 8: ENGINEERING BAR: ALLOY CONSTRUCTIONAL AND CASE HARDENING STEEL BAR
Alloy constructional and

case hardening steel bar
for more detail on specifications, dimensions and technical data.
Low alloy steels

For applications requiring higher tensile strengths and toughness than the carbon
steels there is a range of low alloy steels. These are categorised as high tensile or
constructional steels and case hardening steels. The high tensile strength steels have
sufficient alloying additions enabling through hardening (by quench and temper
treatment) according to their alloying additions.
Case hardening (carburising) steels

Case hardening steels are a group of alloy steels in which a high hardness
surface zone (hence the term ‘case hardened’) is developed during heat treatment by
absorption and diffusion of carbon. The high hardness zone is supported by the
unaffected underlying core zone, which is lower hardness and higher toughness.
Plain carbon steels that can be used for case hardening are restricted. Where plain
carbon steels are used, the rapid quenching necessary to develop satisfactory hardness
within the case can cause distortion and the strength that can be developed in the core
is very limited. Alloy case hardening steels allow the flexibility of slower quenching
methods to minimise distortion and high core strengths can be developed.
Nitriding steels 13
S8
Nitriding steels can have higher surface hardness developed by absorption of nitrogen,
when exposed to a nitriding atmosphere at temperatures in the range of 510-530ºC,
after hardening and tempering.
High tensile steels suitable for nitriding are: 4130, 4140, X4150, 4340, En25, En26.
Chemical composition (% by weight – nominal values)

Grade C Si Mn Cr Mo S Ni
High tensile
4140 0.40 – 0.80 0.90 0.20 –
X4150 0.50 – 1.30 0.65 0.18 0.08
4340 0.40 – 0.80 0.80 0.25 – 1.80
6580 0.30 0.30 0.50 2.00 0.40 – 2.00
En25 0.30 – 0.60 0.65 0.55 – 2.50
En26 0.40 – 0.60 0.65 0.55 – 2.50
Case hardening
En36A 0.12 – 0.50 0.90 – 3.25
En39B 0.15 – 0.50 1.20 0.20 – 4.20
8620 0.20 – 0.80 0.50 0.20 – 0.50
6587 0.16 – 0.50 1.65 0.30 – 1.55

Minimum tensile strengths
Grade Specification
4140 Up to 50mm AS 1444, Condition T.

50 to 100mm AS 1444, Condition T.
Over 100mm ASTM A434, Class BD.
X4150 Up to 100mm AS 2506, Condition U.

Above 100mm ASTM A434 Class BD, with composition to AS 2506, X4150.
4340 Up to 100mm AS 1444, Condition U.

Above 100mm ASTM A434, 4340, Class BD.
6580 Up to 40mm AS 1444, Condition Y.

41 to 100mm AS 1444 Condition X.
En25 AS 1444, Condition U or BS970: Part 3, 826 M31, Condition U.
En26 BS 970: Part 3, 826M40, Condition W.
Note 1: Specified hardenability grades are available on request.
Note 2: The actual specification of the product ordered will depend upon the
product’s origin – for deviations from the above specification refer the
to the Technical Department.
Note 3: Alloy bar can be sourced in alternative conditions, i.e. annealed or other
hardened and tempered conditions.
14
S8 Designation of tensile strengths
AS 1444/BS 970 tensile strength designation ASTM A434 Class BD tensile strength
Tensile strength Tensile strength Diameter Tensile strength
designator (MPa) (mm) Min. (MPa)
R 700-850 38.1 and under 1070

S 770-930 over 38.1 to 63.5 inclusive 1030
T 850-1000 over 63.5 to 114 inclusive 960
U 930-1080 over 114 to 178 inclusive 930
V 1000-1150 over 178 to 241.3 inclusive 900
W 1080-1230
X 1150-1300
Y 1230-1380
Z 1550 min.
Yield (proof) stress and elongation limits also apply – refer to AS 1444, BS 970 or ASTM A434.

Typical applications
Grade Description
High tensile
4140 General-purpose high tensile, used for axles, shafts, high tensile studs
and bolts, gears and drill rods. The steel is also suitable for flame and
induction hardening.
x4150 A free machining high tensile steel suitable for highly stressed components
needing considerable toughness. Supplied in the heat-treated condition.
Can be welded by standard methods, preheating and post-heating usually
required. Used in machine tools, transportation equipment, excavating and
road machinery, draw bench chain, oil drilling, nuts and bolts.
4340/6582 Suitable for the most severe duties where freedom from temper-brittleness
is necessary. It has high strength and toughness in large sections. Used in
highly stressed shafts in the larger sizes, heavy truck and tractor axles and
transmission shafts. In the heat-treated condition.
6580 Atlas 6580 alloy bar is the ultimate through hardening steel that offers
exceptional yield and tensile strengths whilst maintaining good toughness
and ductility, an alternative to En25 and En26 grades.
En25 En25 is used extensively in most industry sectors for applications requiring
higher tensile and yield strength than 4140 can provide, similar to En26 but
with lower carbon content.
En26 Characterised by high strength and toughness in very large sections, similar
to En25 but with a higher carbon content. En26 is used extensively in most
industry sectors for applications requiring higher tensile and yield strength
than 4140, 4340 or En25 can provide.
Case hardening
8620 General-purpose case hardening steel suitable for comparatively lightly
stressed components. Used for automatic components such as transmission
15
gears, crown wheels, ring gears, hypoid gears and racers, king pins and pinions.
S8
Atlas 6587 The high chromium content produces high case hardness with excellent core
strength. Used for gears, bearings, sleeves, pins, bushes, shafts, plastic
moulds and any highly stressed or high wear component.
En36A Used extensively for highly stressed gears in trucks, agriculture and mining
machinery, pins and brushes, heavily loaded shafts and other applications
requiring a hard surface with a tough shock-resisting core. Core tensile
strength 85tsi minimum after hardening and tempering.
En39B An exceptionally high hardenability steel for large or highly stressed gears
where core strength and toughness is required. May be used as an alloy
engineering steel. Core tensile strength 55tsi minimum after hardening and
strengthening.

Alloy and case hardening steel round bar ASTM A434M, BS 970 or AS 1444
Diameter S10S Grade and condition
Weight
(kg/m) 4140 4140 8620 En25 En26
mm inches 4340/6582 Atlas 6587 6580
H&T H&T CG peeled H&T P H&T P
10.00 0.394 0.62

12.00 0.472 0.89
12.70 0.500 0.99
13.00 0.512 1.04
14.00 0.551 1.21
15.88 0.625 1.55
16.00 0.630 1.58
18.00 0.709 2.00
19.00 0.748 2.23
19.05 0.750 2.24
20.00 0.787 2.47
22.00 0.866 2.98
22.22 0.875 3.04
24.00 0.945 3.55
25.00 0.984 3.85
25.40 1.000 3.98
26.00 1.024 4.17
27.00 1.063 4.49
27.45 1.081 4.64
16
28.00 1.102 4.83
S8
28.57 1.125 5.03
29.00 1.142 5.18
29.50 1.161 5.36
30.00 1.181 5.55
31.50 1.240 6.12
31.75 1.250 6.21
32.00 1.260 6.31
32.50 1.280 6.51
33.00 1.299 6.71
34.50 1.358 7.34
34.92 1.374 7.52
35.00 1.378 7.55
36.00 1.417 7.99
37.50 1.476 8.67
38.00 1.496 8.90
38.10 1.500 8.95

(continued)
Weight
(kg/m) 4140 4140 8620 En25 En26
mm inches 4340/6582 Atlas 6587 6580
39.00 1.535 9.38

40.00 1.575 9.86
40.50 1.594 10.11
41.28 1.625 10.51
42.00 1.654 10.87
42.50 1.673 11.14
42.65 1.679 11.21
43.50 1.713 11.67
44.45 1.750 12.18
45.00 1.772 12.48
46.20 1.819 13.16
47.50 1.870 13.91
47.62 1.875 13.98
48.00 1.890 14.20
50.00 1.969 15.41
50.80 2.000 15.91
51.50 2.028 16.35
52.00 2.047 16.67
54.00 2.126 17.98
17
S8
55.00 2.165 18.65
55.50 2.187 19.03
56.00 2.205 19.33
57.15 2.250 20.14
58.00 2.283 20.74
60.00 2.362 22.19
62.00 2.441 23.70
63.00 2.480 24.47
63.50 2.500 24.86
63.80 2.512 25.09
64.00 2.520 25.25
65.00 2.559 26.05
66.00 2.598 26.85
68.00 2.677 28.51
69.85 2.750 30.08
70.00 2.756 30.21
72.00 2.835 31.96

(continued)
Weight
(kg/m) 4140 4140 8620 En25 En26
mm inches 4340/6582 Atlas 6587 6580
75.00 2.953 34.68

76.00 2.992 35.61
76.20 3.000 35.80
78.00 3.071 37.51
80.00 3.150 39.47
82.00 3.228 41.45
82.55 3.250 42.01
84.00 3.307 43.50
87.00 3.425 46.66
88.90 3.500 48.72
90.00 3.543 49.94
92.00 3.622 52.18
96.00 3.780 56.82
97.00 3.819 58.01
100.00 3.937 61.65
101.60 4.016 64.14
102.00 4.016 64.14
106.00 4.173 69.27
18 110.00 4.331 74.60
S8
116.00 4.567 82.96
120.00 4.724 88.78
125.00 4.921 96.33
127.00 5.000 99.43
130.00 5.118 104.19
136.00 5.354 114.03
140.00 5.512 120.83
142.00 5.591 124.31
145.00 5.709 129.62
146.00 5.748 131.41
150.00 5.906 138.72
152.00 5.984 142.44
155.00 6.102 148.11
158.00 6.220 153.90
160.00 6.299 157.82
162.00 6.378 161.79
165.00 6.496 167.84

(continued)
Weight
(kg/m) 4140 4140 8620 En25 En26
mm inches 4340/6582 Atlas 6587 6580
170.00 6.693 178.17

172.00 6.772 182.38
175.00 6.890 188.80
180.00 7.087 199.75
182.00 7.165 204.21
185.00 7.283 211.00
190.00 7.480 222.56
192.00 7.559 227.26
195.00 7.677 234.42
200.00 7.874 246.60
205.00 8.071 259.08
210.00 8.268 271.88
220.00 8.661 298.39
230.00 9.055 326.13
240.00 9.449 355.10
250.00 9.843 385.31
260.00 10.236 416.75
270.00 10.630 449.42
280.00 11.024 483.34 19
S8
290.00 11.417 518.48
300.00 11.811 554.85
310.00 12.205 592.46
320.00 12.598 631.30
330.00 12.992 671.37
340.00 13.386 712.67
350.00 13.780 755.21
360.00 14.173 798.98
370.00 14.567 843.98
380.00 14.961 890.23
390.00 15.354 937.70
400.00 15.748 986.40
450.00 17.717 1248.41
500.00 19.685 1541.25

SECTION 8: ENGINEERING BAR: CHROME BAR
Chrome bar
Hard chrome bar is a chromium-plated steel product used primarily as piston
rod material in all standard applications in hydraulics and pneumatics. Common
applications are found in cranes, dump trucks, lifters, garbage compactors,
agricultural machinery and production equipment with movable sections.
Because hard chrome bar is normally used in conditions of high stress, friction and
harsh climatic environment, the quality of the base metal and surface treatment are
of paramount importance. Wear, impact and corrosion resistance, as well as high yield
strength, surface smoothness and uniform quality are most important properties of hard
chrome bar.
The product under the brand Marcrome is manufactured by Onesteel Martin Bright.
Marcrome specification
The basic grades of steel used in the manufacture of Marcrome are 1045, 4140
hardened and tempered and 1045 induction hardened.
Grade 1045 steel bar is primarily used in hard chrome bar manufacture due to its
wide range of properties consistent with end use applications. Grade 4140 is used in
applications where greater yield strength is required and induction hardened grade 1045
is used in applications requiring greater surface impact resistance.
Chromium deposit: Thickness 0.025mm minimum, or 0.050m on the diameter.

20
S8 Hardness: 1000-1150HV (Vickers Micro Hardness).
Diameter tolerances:
Diameter Tolerance
mm inches mm inches
Up to 51 Up to 2.0 +0.00 -0.025 +0.00 -0.001

Over 51-102 Over 2.0 - 4.0 +0.00 -0.050 +0.00 -0.002
Over 102 Over 4.0 +0.00 -0.025 +0.00 -0.003
Size range: Size 19.05mm - 127mm diameter. Sizes outside this range can be quoted
against enquiry.
Length: Can be supplied in lengths 3.6 metres to 7.0 metres. Normally in 4.0 metres for
sizes 19.05mm to 25.4mm and 6.0 metres for sizes above 25.4mm.
Finish: 0.10 - 0.30 micrometres Ra. Chrome bar is precision ground to achieve a fine finish.

SECTION 8: ENGINEERING BAR: CHROME BAR
Packing: All Marcrome bars are packaged in cardboard tubes which provide
cushioning against impact damage which may occur in handling and transit.
All bars are then boxed.
For ease of identification of the steel grade used in the manufacture of Marcrome,
the end plugs of the cardboard tube are colour coded.
Red: 1045.
Yellow: 1045 induction hardened.
Green: 4140 hardened and tempered.
Chemical composition (% by weight)
Grade C Mn Si P S Cr Mo
1045 0.43 - 0.45 0.60 - 0.90 0.10 - 0.35 0.05 max. 0.05 max. – –
4140 0.38 - 0.43 0.75 - 1.00 0.15 - 0.35 0.04 max. 0.04 max. 0.8 - 1.10 0.15 - 0.25
Chrome bar: stock range and theoretical weights
Diameter Weight Grade Diameter Weight Grade

(mm) (kg/m) 1045 4140 H&T (mm) (kg/m) 1045 4140 H&T
19.05 2.24 50.80 15.93

20.00 2.47 56.00 19.33
22.22 3.05 57.15 20.16
25.00 3.85 60.00 22.22
25.40 3.98 63.00 24.27 21
S8
28.57 5.03 63.50 24.89
30.00 5.55 69.85 30.11
31.75 6.22 70.00 30.24
32.00 6.32 76.20 35.84
34.92 7.52 80.00 39.42
35.00 7.55 82.55 42.00
36.00 8.00 85.00 44.54
38.10 8.96 88.90 48.78
40.00 9.87 90.00 50.00
44.45 12.19 100.00 61.73
45.00 12.50 101.60 63.72
47.63 13.98 114.30 80.54
50.00 15.43 127.00 99.56

SECTION 8: ENGINEERING BAR: CARBON HOLLOW BAR
Carbon hollow bar

Hollow bar, otherwise known as seamless mechanical tubing, is a tubular
product made with characteristics and properties suitable for subsequent
transformation into a great variety of hollow products and cylindrical
components for general engineering purposes. Carbon and alloy steel hollow
bars are normally supplied as circular sections although other shapes are
available.
Selection of the most suitable raw material for production of circular hollow components,
whether the component is a plain bush or a complex precision part, should take into
consideration the advantages in using hollow bar as feedstock. It is important to remember
when comparing hollow bar and solid bar that the raw material cost is dependent on the
length of material used to produce the component. Since the purchase price of raw
material is based on weight, the price per length is an important factor.
Hollow bar is preferred by many users because of significant savings on raw material
cost and machining time. In many instances it is possible to choose a hollow bar
with outside diameter and wall thickness very close to the finished dimensions of the
component to be manufactured. The need for preliminary operations such as turning
and boring is therefore substantially reduced or eliminated. Benefits are gained from
reduction in setting-up time and machine cycle times, lower labour and overhead
costs for each component, reduced tool costs, lower lubricant usage and machinery
maintenance costs. Swarf handling problems are also simplified.
Carbon steel hollow bar

22 Products are sourced under internationally recognised specifications including
S8 ASTM A519M and ISO2938, as well as a variety of proprietary grades which comply
with the requirements of appropriate specifications.
The typical grades of carbon steel hollow bar stocked by Atlas Steels are:
• VM312, Grade 147M

• 20Mn V6
• TIM V6
• ST52
Seamless carbon steel hollow bar is normally supplied in the as-rolled condition and is
suitable for a wide range of thermal treatments such as normalising, surface hardening
and hardening and tempering.
Low alloy steel hollow bar
Atlas Specialty Metals can supply both 4140 and 4340 grades of alloy steel hollow bar,
compliant with ASTM A519M or equivalent specification and supplied in various
conditions, usually hardened and tempered, but also annealed or as-rolled conditions
subject to the specific application.
Further enquiries should be made on any specific requirements.

A comparison – hollow bar vs solid bar

Boring from hollow bar Drilling from solid bar
No drilling is necessary and a shorter time cycle for the Time is required for drilling from solid bar and the boring
manufacture of each component is made possible. operation may still be required.
Boring from hollow bar creates less swarf resulting in low Drilling from solid bar creates an excessive amount of swarf
material wastage and less-frequent machine cleaning. resulting in high wastage and frequent machine cleaning.
Coolant may not be needed. Coolant most likely required.
Hollow bar: stock range and theoretical weights
Weight GradeGrade Weight GradeGrade

OD (mm)OD ID
(mm)
(mm)
Kg/m OD (mm)OD ID
(mm)
(mm)
Kg/m
(kg/m)
Grade4140 H&T/Ann4140 H&THB
Carbon (kg/m)
Carbon
32 16 4.85 75 40 25.30 H&T
32 20 3.98 75 45 22.70
36 16 6.54 75 50 19.70
36 20 5.66 75 56 15.80
36 25 4.29 75 60 13.34
40 20 7.54 80 40 30.10
40 25 6.17 80 45 27.50
40 28 5.20 80 50 24.50 H&T
45 20 10.18 80 56 20.60
45 28 7.83 80 63 15.50
45 32 6.36 85 45 32.60
50 25 11.74 85 50 29.70
50 32 9.30 85 55 26.40 23
50 36 7.63 85 67 17.40 S8
56 28 14.49 90 45 37.45 H&T

56 32 13.02 H&T 90 50 35.10 H&T
56 36 11.60 90 56 31.20
56 40 9.70 90 63 26.00
63 32 18.50 H&T 90 67 22.95
63 36 16.80 H&T 90 71 19.40
63 40 14.90 95 50 40.80
63 45 12.30 H&T 95 60 33.45 H&T
63 50 9.40 95 56 36.90
71 36 23.50 H&T 95 63 32.08
71 40 21.70 95 67 28.60
71 45 19.00 H&T 95 75 21.50
71 50 16.10 H&T 100 56 42.90
71 56 12.20 100 63 37.80
100 71 31.20


OD (mm)OD ID
(mm)
(mm)
Kg/m OD (mm)OD ID
(mm)
(mm)
Kg/m
(kg/m)
Carbon (kg/m)
Carbon
100 75 27.60 150 80 100.70 H&T

100 80 22.80 150 85 100.77
106 56 50.60 H&T 150 95 84.60
106 63 45.50 H&T 150 106 70.90 H&T/Ann
106 71 30.80 H&T 150 118 54.40
106 80 30.50 Ann 150 125 43.70
106 85 25.40 160 90 109.50 H&T
112 63 53.70 Ann 160 100 97.80
112 71 47.10 160 112 82.10 H&T
112 80 38.70 160 122 67.70
112 90 28.20 160 132 52.00
118 63 62.30 H&T 162.1 79.7 122.80
118 71 55.60 162.1 111.3 85.60
118 80 47.30 H&T 170 100 118.40
118 85 42.59 170 118 94.20
118 90 36.80 170 130 75.90
118 95 32.08 170 140 59.20
125 71 66.20 H&T 172.3 121.3 92.20
125 80 57.80 H&T 180 100 140.10
24
S8 125 90 47.30 180 112 126.03
125 95 41.60 180 125 105.04 H&T/Ann
125 100 35.60 180 140 80.90
132 80 67.96 Ann 180 150 63.00
132 71 77.50 H&T/Ann 190 109 156.20
132 80 69.10 H&T/Ann 190 132 117.50 Ann
132 90 58.60 190 150 86.20
132 98 49.40 190 160 67.10
132 106 39.30 200 112 176.85
140 90 72.10 H&T 200 140 129.62
140 80 82.60 200 160 92.25
140 90 72.10 212 125 180.99
140 100 60.40 212 150 142.3
140 106 52.80 Ann 212 170 101.04
140 112 44.70


OD (mm)OD ID
(mm)
(mm)
Kg/m OD (mm)OD ID
(mm)
(mm)
Kg/m
(kg/m)
Carbon (kg/m)
Carbon
224 132 211.95 298 218 255.00
224 160 155.80 298 238 199.00
224 180 115.60 298 248 170.00
236 140 228.40 298 258 137.00
236 170 169.90 324 224 337.80
236 190 127.50 324 244 280.00
250 150 261.17 324 274 186.00
250 180 190.90 356 236 437.00
250 200 142.80 356 256 377.00
273 173 275.00 356 276 311.00
273 193 230.00 406 286 512.00
273 201 210.40 406 306 439.00
273 213 180 406 334 324.00
273 223 157.00 457 327 628.00
298 198 306.41 457 357 502.00
25
S8

SECTION 8: ENGINEERING BAR: BANDSAW AND HACKSAW PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
Bandsaw and hacksaw

processing equipment
Within our branches we operate automated bandsaw and hacksaw facilities
offering a complete cutting service for your bar requirements. The local markets
and regional centres are supported by the nearest capital city when required.
Below are listed the capacities of each branch.
Melbourne: Three fully automated repetition bandsaws (diameter capacity of 520mm).
Sydney: Two bandsaws (diameter capacity of 600mm).

Newcastle: Four fully automated repetition bandsaws (diameter capacity of 650mm).
Adelaide: One fully automated repetition bandsaws (diameter capacity of 300mm).
Perth: Four fully automated repetition bandsaws (diameter capacity of 460mm).

One bandsaw (diameter capacity of 260mm).
Darwin: One bandsaw (diameter capacity of 260mm).
Kalgoorlie: One fully automated repetition bandsaw (diameter capacity of 280mm).
Brisbane: Three fully automated repetition bandsaws (diameter capacity of 450mm).
Gladstone: One fully automated repetition bandsaw (diameter capacity of 450mm).

26 Townsville: One fully automated repetition bandsaw (diameter capacity of 450mm).
S8
Mackay: Two fully automated repetition bandsaws (diameter capacity of 350 and 450mm).
New Zealand: Eight fully automated repetition bandsaws (diameter capacity of 1000mm).
Three hacksaws (diameter capacity of 300mm).
For more details regarding our processing service please contact your nearest sales office.

Aluminium
9
Aluminium
Photography courtesy of Alcoa Aluminium and INCAT.

SECTION 9: ALUMINIUM
Aluminium
Advantages of using Aluminium
• Light weight – approximately 1/3 the density of steel.
• Strength – some alloys can be substantially strengthened by work or by heat treatment.
• Workability – easy formability, machinability and readily welded.
• Corrosion resistance – varies depending on the alloy; the best resist marine exposure.
• Non-toxic – often used in contact with food.
• Non-magnetic and non-sparking.
• Electrical conductivity.
• Thermal conductivity – high.
• Reflectivity – bright finish options available.
Specification
Generally in accordance with the specifications as outlined in the manual Aluminium

Standards, Data and Design published by The Aluminium Council of Australia (Ltd).
Aluminium is identifiable by alloy and temper, which indicates chemical and mechanical
properties. This assists with possible applications for the product.
The following alloys are those commonly stocked in the Atlas Specialty Metals
aluminium flat products program.
1
S9

2
S9
ALLOY CHARACTERISTICS AND FORMS
Printed April 2008

Alloy Typical Application Characteristics1 Commercial Form
Corrosion
Resistant Machining Anodising2 Plate Sheet Coil Extrusions
SECTION 9: ALUMINIUM
1050 Chemical & process plant & equipment A,A D,C B,B ✓ ✓ ✓
1145 & Commercial pure aluminium.
1200 Used in cooking utensils and for deep frying A,A D,C B,B ✓ ✓
2011 Screw machine products not requiring decorative anodising D,D A,A D,D ✓
3003 Chemical equipment, sheet metal work, rigid foil containers & closures A,A D,C B,B ✓ ✓
3004 Sheet metal work, car bodies, seam welding tubing, roofing sheet A,A D,C B,B ✓ ✓
3105 Painted sheet products A,A D,C B,B ✓ ✓
5005 Appliances & utensils, general sheet metal work & high-strength foil A,A D,C B,B ✓ ✓ ✓
5052/5251 Sheet metal work, appliances, marine applications A,A C,B C,C ✓ ✓ ✓
5083 High strength alloy usesd in transport, marine & structural
applications A,C C,B C,C ✓ ✓
alloy charactersitics and forms table here
5383 Specific to the marine industry with characteristics similar

to 5083 with enhance weldability A,C C,B C,C ✓ ✓

5454 Welded structures, pressure vessels for use at elevated
temperatures, marine applications A,A C,B C,C ✓ ✓
6005 Good strength for structural applications A,A B,B C,C ✓
6061 & Structural applications where strength & corrosion
6351 resistance is needed. Used in transport applications. B,B B,C B,B ✓
6063 & General purpose extrusion alloy for architectural
6060 applications where additional strength is required & for
structural applications not involving welding A,A C,C A,A ✓
6106 Medium strength alloy used for architectural applications
where additional strength is required & for structural
applications not involving welding A,A C,C A,A ✓
6262 Screw maching products suitable for decorative anodising B,B A,A B,B ✓
1
Relative ratings in decreasing order of merit = A B C D (where A = most applicable). Two ratings e.g. AC are for annealed and hardest tempers.
2
Rating indicates suitability of alloy for decorative quality anodising; all aluminium alloys can be anodised for increased corrosion and wear resistance.
SECTION 9: ALUMINIUM SHEET, COIL, PLATE & TREADPLATE
Aluminium sheet, coil,

plate and treadplate
Alloy systems
Alloy series Major alloying element
1??? = Pure aluminium (99.0% min. and greatest)
2??? = Copper is major addition
3??? = Manganese is major addition
4??? = Silicon is major addition
5??? = Magnesium is major addition
6??? = Magnesium and Silicon are major additions
7??? = Zinc is major addition
8??? = Alloys not covered above
Understanding an Alloy code
An alloy code is made up of 4 digits, e.g: Therefore 5052 means:

5 = Magnesium is the major
5 0 52 alloying element
0 = No changes to original alloy
since it was introduced
Major alloying element Indicates changes to minor Alloy identification 52 = Identifies the chemical
alloying elements number composition of this alloy
Alloy Systems used in

rolled products
Alloy Example alloy
1??? = 1145
3??? = 3004
5??? = 5005
Heat treatable and non-heat

treatable Alloys Temper designation systems
Alloy Treatable/non-treatable Temper Hardness 3
S9
1??? = Non-heat treatable 0 Soft
3??? = Non-heat treatable H?2 1/4 hard
5??? = Non-heat treatable H?4 1/2 hard
6??? = Heat treatable H?6 p hard
H?8 Hard
Non-heat treatable alloys can be hardened by
cold work. The degree of work hardening is
Where “?” can be:
designated by the Temper. Heat treatable alloys
1 = As rolled - no final annealed e.g. H12
(the 2000, 6000 and 7000 series) are able to be
2 = Strain hardened and then partially annealed
solution treated and then age-hardened.
(200°C - 260°C) e.g. H24
3 = Strain hardened and then stabilized (150°C) e.g. H36

Understanding a cold rolled temper code
Plate temper codes
Code Description
H111 Strain hardened less than the amount required for a controlled H11 temper.
H112 No special control over amount of strain hardening. Some minimum strength limits set.
H321 Strain hardened less than amount required for a controlled H32 temper.
H116 Acceptable resistance to stress, cracking and exfoliation attack. Strain hardened less then amount
required for a controlled H32 temper.
H321/H116 Plate can be supplied with a dual temper from select mills.
H32 Strain hardened by rolling and then stabilising heat treatment to 1/4 hard.
Note: Plate tempers generally restricted to 1/2 hard maximum owing to heavy gauge – cannot get sufficient cold work for higher tempers.
Plate standards
Standard Description
ASTM B928 Typically a marine standard requiring exfoliation corrosion testing but also inter-granular resistance.
Material for marine application is typically ordered as tempers H116 and/or H321 and possibly
referenced to an international recognised testing authority. All material to this standard is line
marked with manufacturing traceability.
ASTM B209 A non-marine application where additional corrosion testing is not required. This is typically applied
to plate for the transport industry where surface finish and bright levels are critical. Material is
ordered to a standard “H” temper i.e. H32, which mechanical properties are very similar to H321.
The material does not require identification line marking from the manufacturer.
DNV/Lloyds Plate for marine applications can be supplied with testing certified by Det Norske Veritas (DNV).
4
S9

Stock range
Aluminium Sheet
Note: Through our processing facilities (Atlas Metals Processors), all sheet product can be slit and cut to length for specific requirements.
Linishing is also available.
Alloys 5005, 5052/ 5251

Tempers “0”, H32, H34, H38
Thickness range (mm) 0.3 to 3.0
Width range (mm) 900, 1200, 1500
Length range (mm) 1800, 2400, 3000, 3600
Aluminium Coil/Strip
Note: Through our processing facilities (Atlas Metals Processors), all coil product can be slit and cut to length for specific requirements.
Linishing is also available.
Alloys 3003, 3004, 3105, 5005, 5052/5251

Tempers “0”, H32, H34, H38
Width range (mm) 25mm to 1525
Aluminium Plate
Note: Through our processing facilities (Atlas Metals Processors), all plate product can be slit and cut to length for specific requirements.
Alloys 5083, 5383, 5005, 5052, 5454, 5186

Tempers H32, H34, H116, H321
Width range (mm) 1200 to 2500
Length range (mm) 2400 to 12000
Aluminium Treadplate
Note: Mill orders can be supplied to a customer’s desired width and length.
5
S9
Alloys (Commonly stocked) 5052/5251, 3003
Tempers “0”, H112, H114
Finish Standard 5 bar Mill Finish (Alloy 5052/5251 Temper “0”)
Propeller Pattern Bright (Alloy 3003 Temper H114)
Width range (mm) 1200 to1525
Length range (mm) 2400 to 6100

Extrusions
Geometric and industry specific shapes are stocked in select Atlas branches. Please enquire at your local
sales office.
Non Standard Product Range

Aluminium product can be sourced outside the standard stock range nominated above. For such inquiries please
contact the local Atlas sales office.
Finishes
Aluminium Plate
• Elval Bright Transport Plate: this material is sourced from a select mill. Atlas market and stock this quality of
plate in Alloy 5083, temper H32.
• Mill Finish: this refers to plate supplied ex mill with a commercial finish. This material is typically used in the
marine industry, general engineering and transport industry where bright plate is not critical.
Tread Plate
Pattern - 5 Bar Pattern - Propeller

available in Alloy 5052 available in Alloy 3003
6
S9

Bending radius chart
Recommended minimum inside bending radii for 90 degree cold forming of sheet and
plate 123 (bending transverse to rolling direction).
Radii for various thickness expressed in terms of thickness t

Alloy Temper t=0.4mm t=0.8mm t=1.6mm t=3.0mm t=4.0mm t=6.0mm t=10.0mm t=12.0mm
1080A 0 0t 0t 0t 0t 0t 0.5t 0.5t 1t
1050 H12 0t 0t 0t 0t 0t 0.5t 1t 1.5t
1350 H14 0t 0t 0t 0.5t 0.5t 1t 1.5t 2t
1150 H16 0t 0t 0.5t 1t
H18 0.5t 1t 1.5t 2t
1100 0 0t 0t 0t 0t 0t 1t 1t 1.5t
1200 H12 0t 0t 0t 0.5t 1t 1t 1.5t 2t
H14 0t 0t 0t 1t 1t 1.5t 2t 2.5t
H16 0t 0.5t 1t 1.5t 1.5t 2.5t 3t 4t
H18 1t 1.5t 2t 3t
20242 0 0t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 2.5t 4t
T42 2.5t 3t 4t 5t 5t 6t 7t 8t
3003 0 0t 0t 0t 0t 0.5t 1t 1t 1.5t
3203 H12 0t 0t 0t 0.5t 1t 1t 1.5t 2t
3005 H14 0t 0t 0t 1t 1t 1.5t 2t 2.5t
5005 H16 0.5t 1t 1t 1.5t
H18 1t 1.5t 2t 3t
H32 0t 0t 0t 0.5t 1t 1t 1.5t 2t
H34 0t 0t 0t 1t 1.5t 1.5t 2t 2.5t
H36 0.5t 1t 1t 1.5t 2.5t 3t 3.5t 4t
H38 1t 1.5t 2t 2.5t 3.5t 4.5t 5.5t 6.5t
3004 0 0t 0t 0t 0.5t 1t 1t
H32 0t 0t 0.5t 1t 1t 1.5t
H34 0t 1t 1t 1.5t 1.5t 2.5t
H36 1t 1t 1.5t 2.5t
H38 1t 1.5t 2.5t 3t
5050A 0 0t 0t 0t 0.5t 1t 1t
H32 0t 0t 0t 1t 1t 1.5t
H34 0t 0t 1t 1.5t 1.5t 2t
H36 1t 1t 1.5t 2t
H38 1t 1.5t 2.5t 3t
5052 0 0t 0t 0t 0.5t 1t 1t 1.5t 1.5t
5251 H32 0t 0t 1t 1.5t 1.5t 1.5t 1.5t 2t
H34 0t 1t 1.5t 2t 2t 2.5t 2.5t 3t
H36 1t 1t 1.5t 2.5t 3t 3.5t 4t 4.5t
H38 1t 1.5t 2.5t 3t 4t 5t 5.5t 6.5t
5154A 0 0t 0t 0.5t 1t 1t 1t 1.5t 1.5t
5454 H32 0t 0.5t 1t 1.5t 1.5t 2t 2.5t 3.5t
H34 0.5t 1t 1.5t 2t 2.5t 3t 3.5t 4t
H112 2t 2.5t 3t
5083 0 0.5t 1t 1t 1t 1.5t 1.5t
H321 1.5t 1t 1.5t 1.5t 1.5t 2t 2.5t
5086 0 0t 0t 1.5t 1t 1t 1t 1.5t 1.5t 7
H32 0t 1.5t 1.5t 2t 2t 2t 2.5t 3t
S9
H34 0.5t 1t 1.5t 2t 2.5t 3t 3.5t 4t
H36 3t 3.5t
H112 1.5t 2t 2t 2.5t
2
6061 0 0t 0t 0t 1t 1t 1t 1.5t 2t
T4 & T42 0t 0.5t 1t 1.5t 2.5t 3t 3.5t 4t
T6 & T62 1t 1t 1.5t 2.5t 3t 4t 4.5t 5t
1
The radii listed are the minimum recommended for bending sheets and plates without fracturing in a standard press break with air bend dies. other types
of bending operations may require larger radii or permit smaller radii. The minimum permissible radii will also vary with the design and condition of
tooling.
2
Heat-treatable alloys can be formed over appreciable smaller radii immediately after solution heat treatment.
3
The H112 temper (applicable to non-heat treatable alloys) is supplied in the as-fabricate condition without special property control, but usually can be
formed over radii applicable to the H14 (or H34) temper or smaller.

SECTION 10: DURINOX STAINLESS STEEL REINFORCING BAR
s t a i n l e s s s t e e l re i n f o rc e m e n t
Built in Durability
PREVENTING CORROSION IN CONCRETE STRUCTURES & INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS
10Durinox TM Stainless
Steel Reinforcing Bar
www.durinox.com.au www.atlasmetals.com.au
Reinforcement
Reasons for Specifying Durinox Stainless Steel Reinforcing Products:

• Stainless steel has excellent corrosion resistance and with the appropriate grade selection
is highly resistant to chloride and carbonate attack in very aggressive environments.
• Concrete is a “sponge”. Stainless steel reinforcing bar provides a solution to problems
associated with chloride induced corrosion in reinforced concrete structures, particularly
in aggressive environments, such as sea water, where early deterioration of carbon steel
is a serious problem.
• The durability of stainless steel is attractive to asset owners who often look at the
“triple bottom line” (environment, social and financial) when assessing the overall
cost of a structure.
• The enhanced performance of stainless steel can reduce the maintenance and repair costs
of a comparable carbon steel reinforced structure.
• Using stainless steel to repair a carbon steel reinforced concrete structure will retard the
“corrosion motor” and extend the asset life. Stainless steel reinforcing can be used in the
critical corrosion zones of carbon steel reinforced structures and extend the asset life
without fear of galvanic corrosion if designed correctly. Joining between stainless and
carbon steel can be achieved with couplers or lapping.
• Stainless steel is a cost effective option in a structure that has difficult future access for
repair or maintenance.
• Austenitic stainless steels have low magnetic permeability and are suited to
applications where disturbing strong magnetic fields need to be avoided such as
housings for electronic equipment, transformer bases, medical buildings and airports.
• Austenitic stainless steel retains ductility to temperatures below -196ºC making it suitable
for reinforcement of containment systems for LNG and Liquid Oxygen.
• Stainless steel has low thermal conductivity and high strength at elevated temperatures
giving it superior fire and heat resistance qualities compared to standard mild steel.
• Stainless steels are easy to handle, manipulate and weld and can withstand damage
and abrasion during installation when compared with galvanised and coated steels.
• The use of stainless steel reinforcement requires minimal, if any, maintenance. The cost
of repeat inspections; traffic interruption for engineering work etc, is virtually eliminated.
• Stainless steel’s mechanical strength and corrosion resistance may allow a reduction in the
thickness of concrete, which can considerably lighten the weight of a structure and
provide construction cost savings.
• The higher mechanical properties of some grades of stainless over carbon steel may
enable the use of reduced metal sections.
• Stainless is forgiving in installation; it can be flush with the concrete surface without
subsequent corrosion risk.
1
S10
www.durinox.com.au
Reasons for Specifiying Durinox Stainless Steel Reinforcing Bar:
Specifying Durinox Stainless Steel Rebar
Typical Applications
Buildings:
Balcony nosing; Sea facing frontages; Abattoir floors; Prefabricated concrete structures;
Monumental restoration; Fire resisting walls; Buildings requiring non-magnetic reinforcing
such as hospitals, banks, airports and meteorological stations.
Civil engineering:
Bridges; Tunnels; Wharfs; Wharf gravity fenders; Embankments; Footpaths; Drains; Effluent
treatment plants; Structures or civil works required to withstand extreme cold; Seismic
resistant constructions; Cliff anchor bars; Sea walls.
Welding
Durinox stainless steel reinforcing bar, both austenitic and duplex types are readily welded. All
standard electric welding processes can be used, including friction, flash butt, resistance, MIG
(flux cored or solid wire) and manual metal arc welding.
Durinox Reinforcing Bar Stocking Program, Dimensions and Weights:

Nominal Cross Section Mass (kg/m)
Dia. (mm) Area (mm2) Austenitic Duplex
3 7.1 0.05 0.05
4 12.6 0.09 0.09
5 19.6 0.15 0.15
6 28.3 0.22 0.22
7 38.5 0.30 0.30
8 50.3 0.39 0.39
10 78.5 0.62 0.61 Red = Cold Ribbed
12 113.1 0.89 0.88 Black = Hot Ribbed
14 153.9 1.21 1.20
16 201.1 1.58 1.56
20 314.2 2.48 2.45
25 490.9 3.87 3.82
32 804.2 6.35 6.27
40 1256.6 9.92 9.80
50 1963.5 15.51 15.31
= Standard stock range in Australia is austenitic grade 316
in cold ribbed and duplex grade 2205 in hot ribbed.
2
S10
www.durinox.com.au
Reinforcing Grade Bar Selection
Stainless Grade Compositions:

Composition
Durinox European C Cr Ni Mo N
Grade Designation Type % % % % % *PRE
max.
304 1.4301 Austenitic 0.08 18 8.5 18
316 1.4436 Austenitic 0.08 17 10.5 2 24
LDX 2101® 1.4162 Duplex 0.03 21.5 1.5 0.3 0.22 26
2304 1.4362 Duplex 0.03 23 4 0.3 24
2205 1.4462 Duplex 0.03 22 5 3 0.15 34
Note: Compositions are typical values except where noted.
* PRE = % Cr + (3.3X % Mo) + (16x % N)
Physical and Mechanical Properties:

Measurement Unit Austenitic Duplex
Density kg/m3 7900 7800

Elastic modulus MPa 200,000 200,000
0 0
Thermal conductivity W/m C at 20 C 15.3 15
Thermal expansion
coefficient 10-6 cm / cm / 0C 16.5 13.5
(between 20º and 200ºC)
Note: These values are typical. Each individual grade has properties that can vary slightly from these values.
Minimum Yield Strengh

Minimum Yield Strength
Durinox European (MPa)
Grade Grade Cold Ribbed Hot Ribbed
up to 16mm Over 16mm
304 1.4301 500 235
316 1.4436 500 235
LDX 2101® 1.4162 530 450
2205 1.4462 650 600
2304 1.4362 650 600
3
S10
www.durinox.com.au
Durinox Products and Services
Durinox Stainless Reinforcement Range of Products and Services:

Stainless Steel Products:
• “Arminox”* Cold Ribbed Bar, 3mm to 16mm
• “Durinox” Hot Ribbed, 20mm to 50mm
• Connection Couplers
• Welded Wire Mesh
• Tie Wire
• Dowels
* Atlas is the exclusive agent for the “Arminox” range of cold ribbed stainless steel for
Australia and New Zealand
Processing and Advisory Services:

• Cutting & Shaping
• Metallurgical & Corrosion Advice
Durinox Customised Processing Equipment:

• Durinox processing equipment is the only stainless steel reinforcing bar bending and
forming equipment in Australia and New Zealand
• Cold ribbed product up to 16mm diameter is processed from 2 tonne stainless steel
coil into customised bar shapes and lengths
• Hot ribbed product from 20 to 50mm diameter is processed from standard 11.7m bar
lengths into customised shapes and lengths
Contact Information:
Phone: Durinox (03 )9272 9961 or your local Atlas location
(refer back cover)
Email: sales@durinox.com.au or your local Atlas location
(refer back cover)
Technical Services: tech@atlasmetals.com.au or Free call 1800 818 599
(from within Australia)
tech@atlasmetals.co.nz or Free call 0508 METALS
(from within New Zealand)
Website: www.durinox.com.au or www.atlasmetals.com.au
4
S10
www.durinox.com.au
Other Products
11
Other Products
*
Photography courtesy of Outokumpu, Atlas Specialty Metals and *Corbis (copyright).

SECTION 11: OTHER PRODUCTS: CARBON STEEL TUBE
Carbon Steel Tube

Carbon steel tubing finds common application in two major areas; heat transfer
in heat exchangers and condensers, and as hydraulic and pneumatic tubing.
This tube is produced as a seamless tube, with a final cold draw to guarantee
dimensional tolerances and an excellent surface finish. In common with other
1
S11
product this cold-drawn carbon steel tube is made to an all-plus tolerance if
intended for heat transfer applications, but is generally supplied with nominal
wall thickness (+/- tolerance) for hydraulic or pneumatic applications.
Stock range generally caters for applications in hydraulic and pneumatic tubing.
The projects department offers sourcing for materials used in other applications
according to customer specifications. These include heat exchanger tubes in standard
mill lengths and/or specific set lengths.
Specifications
ASTM A179M ‘Standard Specification for Seamless Cold-Drawn Low-Carbon

Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser Tubes’ covers minimum wall thickness tube for
heat transfer applications in sizes 3.18mm to 76.2mm OD.
The specification for heat exchanger tube is also used to specify seamless carbon steel
tube intended for hydraulic applications. This hydraulic tubing is manufactured with
average wall thickness specified; in all other respects the product conforms to the
requirements of ASTM A179M and ASTM A450M.
Product intended for hydraulic applications has nominal wall thicknesses in the SWG
series of sizes, while the minimum wall thickness heat exchanger tube is generally
in line with the BWG series.
In addition to the ASTM A179 tube stocked in heat exchanger and hydraulic variants,
welded carbon steel tube can be obtained to either ASTM A178 or ASTM A214.

SECTION 11: OTHER PRODUCTS: CARBON STEEL TUBE
Hydraulic and pneumatic carbon steel tubing
Typical size range and tolerance

Wall thickness (mm)
Nominal OD
permissible 0.90/0.91 1.20/1.22 1.60/1.63 2.00/2.03 2.64 3.25 4.06 4.88 6.40
OD
deviation Gauge
(mm)
mm inches 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 3
6.35 1
/4 +
_ 0.10
2 7.94 5
/16 +
_ 0.10
S11
9.53 3
/8 +
_ 0.10
12.70 1
/2 +
_ 0.10
15.88 5
/8 +
_ 0.10
19.05 3
/4 +
_ 0.10
22.23 7
/8 +
_ 0.10
25.40 1 +
_ 0.15
31.75 11/4 +
_ 0.15
38.10 11/2 +
_ 0.15
50.80 2 +
_ 0.20

Stock length – 6.1 metres.
Note: Gold zinc coating is available on request.

SECTION 11: OTHER PRODUCTS: QUENCHED AND TEMPERED LOW ALLOY STEEL PLATE
Quenched and Tempered

Low Alloy Steel Plate
Atlas Specialty Metals stocks and distributes quenched and tempered plate,
a steel that is stronger and harder than ordinary carbon steel. The product is
used for the manufacture and repair of machinery and structures where greater
abrasion resistance or higher yield strength is required. 3
S11
Atlas primarily stocks the Bisalloy brand range of quenched and tempered plate that is
readily available in a multitude of grades and thicknesses. Bisalloy is a quality Australian-made
steel free of mill scale and imperfections, offering characteristics of good workability
and weldability.
Grade 80
High strength, low alloy structural steel with controlled carbon equivalent for optimum
weldability. This plate can be successfully welded to itself and a range of other steels,
provided low hydrogen consumables are used and attention is paid to preheat, interpass
temperature, heat input and the degree of joint restraint.
Stress relieving can be achieved at 540ºC-570ºC. Heating above this temperature should be
avoided to minimise adverse effects on mechanical properties. This plate can be successfully
cold formed, provided allowances are made for the increased strength of the steel.
Applications. Utilising the high strength properties of this grade allows reduction in
section thickness, without loss of structural integrity. Common applications:
• Transport equipment • Lifting equipment
• Excavator and loader buckets • Dump truck trays
Grade 400/450
High hardness, abrasion-resistant steel with a controlled carbon equivalent for optimum
weldability. With attention to heat input, preheat and consumable selection, it can be
readily welded to itself and other steels, using conventional low hydrogen processes.
Applications. Through the plate’s hardness and good mechanical properties this grade
is the most popular wear plate in Australia. It has been extensively used in the following areas:
• Dump trucks • Earthmoving buckets
• Chutes • Gear wheels
Grade 500
Medium carbon, high hardness and abrasion-resistant steel. With attention to heat
input, preheat and consumable selection, it can successfully be welded to itself and a
range of other steels.
The high hardness causes difficult cold forming, requiring higher bending and cold
forming forces along with greater allowances for springback.
Applications. The hardest quenched and tempered steel produced offers exceptional
long life in sliding abrasion applications such as:
• Chutes • Cutting edges
• Wear liners • Earthmoving buckets
Further information on Bisalloy Q&T plate can be found at: www.bisalloy.com.au

SECTION 11: OTHER PRODUCTS: QUENCHED AND TEMPERED LOW ALLOY STEEL PLATE
Quenched and Tempered plate range
Product stocked or available from production in Australia

Thickness (mm) Width x Length (mm) 80 Grade 400 Grade 500 Grade
4 2500 x 9000
5 1525 x 8000
5 2500 x 9000
4 6 2485 x 8000
S11 8 2485 x 8000
10 2485 x 8000
10 3100 x 8000
12 2485 x 8000
12 3100 x 8000
16 2485 x 8000
16 3100 x 8000
20 2485 x 8000
20 3100 x 8000
25 2485 x 8000
25 3100 x 8000
On Request 32 2485 x 8000

32 3100 x 9000
40 2485 x 8000
Available 50 2485 x 8000

60 2485 x 6000
65 2400 x 6000
70 1900 x 6000
75 1900 x 6000
80 1900 x 6000
90 1525 x 6000
100 1525 x 6000
120 2000 x 4000
140 on application
150 on application
160 on application
Bisalloy brand is commonly stocked.

Other brands/sizes/thicknesses are available upon request.
Calculation for plate mass: width x length x thickness x 7.85 = plate weight.
Example: 2.485m x 8.0m x 12mm x 7.85 = 1873kg or 1.873 tonne.

Product Support Services
12
Product Support
Services
Photography courtesy of Macweld and Stoddart.

SECTION 12: PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICES: TECHNICAL SERVICES
Technical Services
Atlas Specialty Metals has for many years taken a leadership role in the stainless
and special steels market by providing technical service support to users through
our qualified and experienced staff at our distribution and processing operations.
The Atlas Specialty Metals Technical Department exists to support our customers and
sales personnel to:
• assist with grade selection and metallurgical properties of steel;
• assist with product selection to meet specific needs;
• assist with the nomination and interpretation of specifications;
• recommend fabrication procedures;

1
• investigate problems when they occur; and S12
• train staff and those of customers in the use of stainless and special steels.
The Technical Department has a fully equipped metallurgical laboratory, which is

accredited by NATA for tensile testing and hardness testing. It also has facilities for
conducting metallographic examinations, failure analysis and surface roughness
evaluation.
The Department establishes and maintains the quality standards for product supply from
mills and conducts a testing program to ensure that product sold by Atlas Specialty
Metals meets those standards.
Customers are invited to take advantage of the technical service provided by Atlas
Specialty Metals; all enquiries can be directed to:
Australia:
Free call: 1800 818 599
New Zealand:
Free call: 0508 METALS

SECTION 12: PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICES: QUALITY ASSURANCE PRACTICES
Quality Assurance Practices

Quality assurance principles
A principal factor in the performance of an organisation is the quality of its

products and services. Quality is the sum total of the features or characteristics
of a product or service that determines whether it is satisfactory for the
intended end use.
Atlas Specialty Metals has a formal quality management system, which is certified to
ISO9001. The quality system at Atlas provides the following benefits to our customers:
• product identification and traceability at all stages of operations;
• product supplied only from approved vendors;
2 • product purchased to recognised specifications and standards;

S12
• mill inspection certificates available with purchases;
• continual improvement of the quality system;
• systematic and proper storage, packaging and handling of all products;
• personnel who identify easily with customer quality needs;
• an established inventory management system and procedures based on an integrated

computer network; and
• a computerised system of document control, record keeping and handling of non-

conforming product.
The Atlas quality assurance system is based on our ongoing commitment to meet our
customers’ expectations of quality and service. Our commitment to quality management
means we are constantly reassessing our performance and aim to continually improve
our systems and procedures with the aim of maintaining our leadership in the stainless
and special metals distribution industry in Australia and New Zealand.
An important aspect of the Atlas quality system is the ability to trace product from
the original source to end user. This process provides two significant services to the
customer:
• mill inspection certification when required; and
• product liability requirements can be complied with.
The mill inspection certificate is the evidence that the product supplied is in conformance
with the appropriate standard specification.

Product specifications
Most special metal products distributed by Atlas Specialty Metals are ordered to ASTM
(American Society for Testing and Materials) specifications. Some Australian (AS),
Euronorm (EN), British (BS), Japanese (JIS), German (DIN) and International (ISO)
standards are nominated where appropriate. ANSI/ASME specs are also commonly used
for fluid products. A list of the most common product specifications is contained in the
appendices of this publication.
ASTM standards are frequently issued in dual inch-pound and metric units and are
typically designated as follows: Stainless steel plate, sheet and coil to ASTM
A240/A240M. It is the policy of Atlas to purchase the metric version where one exists, in
this case ASTM A240M.
In the ASTM system ‘general requirements’ to product specifications, which includes

dimensional tolerance, are often given in separate specifications, for example, ASTM
A240/A240M refers to A480/A480M for dimensions, etc.
Product traceability 3
S12
Traceability of product achieves two things:
1. it provides correct documentation when a customer requires it (i.e. inspection

certificates); and
2. it enables traceability back to the supplier should there be a product non-conformance.

Traceability within Atlas Specialty Metals is based on:
• identification data supplied by the mill, with the product. This is typically a heat
number, batch number or bundle number; and
• the Atlas purchase order number is used as an identifier where the supplier does not
use their own batch identification.
Atlas controls the traceability of product up until the time it is delivered to a customer.
From that point it is the customer’s responsibility to maintain traceability.
Grade colour codes
Colour coding is a method employed as a secondary aid to steel grade identification and
is complementary to marked, tagged or label identification. Products not normally colour
coded are stainless steel tube, sheet and coil, fittings, flanges, wire, wire rope and
welding consumables.
Minor deviations from the standard colour are accounted for by a white stripe or band,
which indicates that the product varies in some way from the standard grade, or is
special in some way.

In addition some specific grades or product are colour coded as ‘no colour’... Atlas/ CR12
plate and U1004 carbon steel bright bar are not coded even though all other stainless
steel plate and bright bar products are. These products are identifiable as the only
uncoded products.
When colour coded product is cut the offcut is also colour coded.
Inspection certificates
Euronorm EN10204 covers test certification. It outlines the type of information to be

included in the certification and nominates the testing authority who should conduct
and sign-off the test certificates.
Type 3.1 test certificates must contain results of tests actually carried out on the batch of
material being certified (type 2 test certificates can contain typical rather than actual
values). Personnel independent of production must have carried out the tests and the
document must contain a statement that the product complies with the order or with
the relevant product specification.
4 Atlas standard purchasing requirement from mills is for test certification of product to
S12
EN10204, 3.1.
Supplier selection
Atlas aims to have a select group of preferred suppliers that have a proven track record
for commercial, delivery and quality performance.
The list of suppliers comprises a worldwide network of both mill and stockist specialty
metals suppliers. Mills usually provide lower prices, but large overseas stockists can often
deliver quicker.
Before a supplier is included on the Atlas approved vendors listing they must satisfy the
criteria of quality assurance and product approval processes conducted by the Technical
Services Department of Atlas. As a minimum criteria to selection new suppliers are
required to submit test samples, which are evaluated for conformance with recognised
standard specifications.
Existing suppliers are subjected to random product audits (from product in the
warehouses and from evaluation of customer complaints). Procedures also exist within
Atlas to monitor price competitiveness, delivery and service quality of all suppliers.

SECTION 12: PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICES: ATLAS PROJECT SERVICES
Atlas Project Services

As experienced market leaders, we have grown from specialists in supply
and distribution of stainless and specialty metals to providers of a total
materials service.
The Atlas Total Materials Service
We offer a total materials service throughout the lifecycle of a project. From inception to
clearance, our service involves:
• Supply;
• Logistics;
• Warehousing; and
• Management of all materials; as well as
• Support of ongoing maintenance requirements.
5
Supply S12
Atlas Specialty Metals draws upon its worldwide network of proven steel mills and
specialist distributors, to ensure procurement of the right quality of materials at a
competitive rate.
The development and appraisal of our extensive supply network has been carried out
over many years. Our supply partners have been evaluated and selected on the basis of:
reliability, quality of product, technical support, cost-effectiveness and responsiveness
to client needs.
Logistics
We have the logistical knowledge and experience to transport steel and associated
materials to all on-site and off-site warehouses and storage locations worldwide.
We have a detailed understanding of land, sea and air transport and insurance, as well
as the ablitity to deal with complex import and customs requirements and negotiations.
And we don’t leave deadlines to chance — we see expediting as a critical part of

what we do.

Warehousing
Atlas Specialty Metals can provide all storage and warehousing infrastructure and
personnel on and off-site – throughout the life of the project.
Running a network of warehouses across Australasia means that we understand the

importance of the right materials reaching the right yard, and appropriate storage that
prevents substitution.
Where appropriate, we will offer you the use of an existing Atlas warehouse
infrastructure, as well as access to supplier warehouses and stock.
Management
We have more than 65 years of experience in getting materials from the mill to the
end-user economically, at just the right time, and meeting clients’ quality expectations.
We manage all materials certification and tracking, backed by proven quality assurance
processes. Document control is one of the main components of our support activity. SAP
6 is our IT platform, but we also have the flexibility to integrate into any existing client IT
S12 system.
We proactively drive each project. We don’t leave timely delivery to chance. Expediting is
a key part of our service, and conducting regular review meetings means that we keep
you informed as to the progress of your project.
Strong relationships with our supply network mean we can also quickly source additional
materials should project requirements suddenly change.
The Right People
The Atlas Specialty Metals Project Services team comprises experienced specialists in
sales, operations, marketing, procurement and project management.
Our people possess strong technical knowledge, and they understand the specific
requirements of owners, engineering contractors, consultants and construction
contractors involved in major projects.
We have fostered the development of a talented pool of project managers who work
closely with clients on day to day project implementation.
A Wealth of Project Experience
Atlas Specialty Metals has impressive project experience with key industrial and resources
markets, including: Oil and Gas, Mining and Minerals Infrastructure, Energy and Water,
Pharmaceuticals, Food and Beverage, Transportation, Defence and Petrochemicals. For
the most recent project reference list, please contact us.

Typical products sourced for projects

S10S Sheet Tube and Pipe and
Product Plate Bar
coil strip Fittings fittings
Stainless steel – Ferritic ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

– Austenitic ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
– AtlasCR12 ✓ ✓ ✓
– Duplex ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
– Super austenitic ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
– Super duplex ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
– Martensitic ✓ ✓
Carbon steel ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Low alloy steel ✓
Nickel alloys ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Copper-nickel alloys ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Aluminium ✓ ✓ ✓
Titanium alloys ✓ ✓ ✓ 7
Q&T steels ✓ S12
Telephone: +61 3 9272 9999

Facsimile: +61 3 9272 9980
Email: projects@atlasmetals.com.au

Appendices
13
Appendices
Photography courtesy of Macweld and Stoddart.

ATLAS SPECIALTY METALS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL ATLAS SPECIALTY METALS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL ATLAS SPECIALTY METALS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 13: APPENDICES: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 13: PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICE: STAINLESS STEEL GRADE CHART SECTION 13: PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICE: STAINLESS STEEL GRADE CHART
Stainless steel grade chart

Chemical analysis (%) specified Mechanical properties specified (Note 3) ASTM standard and product use
A167
A213
Tensile Yield A240 A312 A276 A313 A182
Elongation A249 A403 Properties and typical applications
Common strength strength Hardness A666 A358 A582 A493 flanges
Grade UNS No. C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Ni Other Treatment % in 50mm A269 buttweld
form MPa (0.2% offset) (max) sheet, A409 bar and A580 pressure
(min.) A554 fittings
(min.) MPa (min.) (Note 2) coil, strip, pipe shapes wire fittings
tube
plate
Austenitic stainless steels

253MA S30815 0.05 1.1 - 2.0 0.8 0.040 0.030 20.0 - 22.0 10.0 - 12.0 N 0.14-0.20 Plate Annealed 600 310 40 95 HRB Excellent resistance to scaling and useful creep strength at temperatures up to 1150˚C.
-0.10 Ce 0.03-0.08
301 S30100 0.15 0.75 2.0 0.045 0.030 16.0 - 18.0 6.0 - 8.0 N 0.10 Sheet Annealed 515 205 40 95 HRB Combination of strength and ductility to withstand severe forming methods. Corrosion resistance
or coil 1/4 to full hard 860 - 1275 515 - 965 25 - 9 comparable to 302. Rail cars, automotive components.
302HQ S30430 0.03 1.00 2.0 0.045 0.030 17.0 - 19.0 8.0 - 10.0 Cu 3.0-4.0 Wire Annealed 605 max. – – – Wire for severe cold heading such as the manufacture of cross recess screws. Corrosion resistance
2.5mm dia. Lightly drawn 660 max. at least equivalent to type 304.
and over
303 S30300 0.15 1.00 2.0 0.20 0.15 17.0 - 19.0 8.0 - 10.0 Bar Cold finished 262 HB Also Free machining grade. Domestic and mild industrial environment. Water low in chlorides.
min. Condition A UGIMA Nuts and bolts, shafts, fittings. Corrosion resistance lower than 304.
304 S30400 0.08 0.75 2.0 0.045 0.030 18.0 - 20.0 8.0 - 10.5 N 0.10 Plate Annealed 515 205 40 92 HRB Also Good resistance to corrosion, good for malleability and weldability. Most commonly used grade.
UGIMA Wine storage, laundry and kitchen products, water, food, architectural, cryogenic and high
temperature applications. UGIMA 304 – improved machinability bar with same properties.
304L S30403 0.030 1.00 2.0 0.045 0.030 18.0 - 20.0 8.0 - 12.0 N 0.10 Plate Annealed 485 170 40 88 HRB Corrosion resistance as for 304. Low carbon variation for heavy gauge welded sections.
304H S30409 0.04 - 0.10 0.75 2.0 0.045 0.030 18.0 - 20.0 8.0 - 10.5 N 0.10 Plate Annealed 515 205 40 92 HRB Corrosion resistance as for 304. High carbon gives improved high temperature strength.
309S S30908 0.08 1.00 2.0 0.045 0.030 22.0 - 24.0 12.0 - 15.0 Bar Annealed 515 205 40 95 HRB Excellent resistance to corrosion, particularly attack by hot sulphur compounds in oxidising
gases. Sulphite liquors and acids such as acetic, citric, lactic and nitric. Welding wire for joining
dissimilar steels. 1
S13
310 S31000 0.25 1.5 2.0 0.045 0.030 24.0 - 26.0 19.0 - 22.0 Plate Annealed 515 205 40 95 HRB Excellent corrosion resistance at normal temperatures. Good resistance to oxidisation and
carburising atmospheres in high temperatures over 850˚C to 1100˚C. Welding wire for joining
dissimilar steels.
316 S31600 0.08 0.75 2.0 0.045 0.030 16.0 - 18.0 2.0 - 3.0 10.0 - 14.0 N 0.10 Plate Annealed 515 205 40 95 HRB Also High corrosion resistance to the complex sulphur compounds used in pulp and paper
UGIMA processing. Also resists attack by marine and corrosive industrial atmospheres. Suitable for mild
seacoast atmosphere, pulp and paper, heat exchangers, propeller shafts, dying equipment.
UGIMA 316 improved machinability bar, with same properties.
316L S31603 0.030 0.75 2.0 0.045 0.030 16.0 - 18.0 2.0 - 3.0 10.0 - 14.0 N 0.10 Plate Annealed 485 170 40 95 HRB Corrosion resistance as for 316.
Low carbon variation, suitable for heavy gauge welding.
317L S31703 0.030 0.75 2.0 0.045 0.030 18.0 - 20.0 3.0 - 4.0 11.0 - 15.0 N 0.10 Plate Annealed 515 205 40 95 HRB Improved corrosion resistance over type 316. Often successfully applied where type 316 has
given only moderate performance. Applications such as acetic acid distillation, pulp and paper
machinery, ink and dying processes. 317L is a variation of 317 suitable for heavy gauge welding.
321 S32100 0.08 0.75 2.0 0.045 0.030 17.0 - 19.0 9.0 - 12.0 N 0.10 Sheet Annealed 515 205 40 95 HRB Excellent corrosion resistance, equivalent to 304 in the annealed condition and superior if the
Ti=5x(C+N) min. application involves service in 425˚C-870˚C range. Typical applications include expansion joints,
0.70 max. furnace parts, aerospace and power industries, heat exchangers and steam generators.
347 S34700 0.08 0.75 2.0 0.045 0.030 17.0 - 19.0 9.0 - 13.0 Nb 10xC min. 1.0 Plate Annealed 515 205 40 92 HRB This grade is resistant to chromium carbide precipitation. Most commonly found as a consumable
1.0 max. for welding 321.
904L N08904 0.020 1.00 2.0 0.045 0.035 19.0 - 23.0 4.0 - 5.0 23.0 - 28.0 Cu 1.0-2.0 Plate Annealed 490 220 35 70 - 90 NRB ‘Super austenitic’ grade with very high corrosion resistance, especially to strong acids and chlorides.
typical Frequently used in sulphuric acid service.
Note 1: Single values are maxima unless otherwise stated.

Note 2: Hardness specification limits given are HRB = Rockwell B scale, HRC = Rockwell C scale, HB = Brinell Hardness.
Note 3: Mechanical properties shown are for the commonly available form listed; properties of other forms for the grade may vary.
Printed April 2008

ATLAS SPECIALTY METALS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL ATLAS SPECIALTY METALS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL ATLAS SPECIALTY METALS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 13: APPENDICES: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 13: PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICE: STAINLESS STEEL GRADE CHART SECTION 13: PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICE: STAINLESS STEEL GRADE CHART
Stainless steel grade chart

Chemical analysis (%) specified Mechanical properties specified (Note 3) ASTM standard and product use
A167
A213
Tensile Yield A240 A312 A276 A313 A182
Elongation A249 A403 Properties and typical applications
strength strength Hardness A666 A358 A582 A493 flanges
Grade UNS No. C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Ni Other Form Treatment % in 50mm A269 buttweld
MPa (0.2% offset) (max.) sheet, A409 bar and A580 pressure
(min.) A554 fittings
(min.) MPa (min.) (Note 2) coil, strip, pipe shapes wire fittings
tube
plate
Ferritic stainless steels

- 1.4003 0.03 1.00 1.50 0.040 0.015 10.5 - 12.5 0.3 - 1.0 N 0.03 Plate Annealed 450 - 650 280 (>6mm) 18 (>6 mm) 220 HB (≤12mm) Useful corrosion resistance particularly in wet abrasion environments. Readily welded and formed
320 (≤6mm) 20 (≤6mm) 250 (>12mm) into tanks, flues, bins, chutes, rail wagons, etc.
409 S40900 0.08 1.0 1.0 0.045 0.030 10.5 - 11.75 0.50 Ti 6xC min. Tube Annealed 380 205 20 95 HRB Resists atmospheric and automotive exhaust gas corrosion. Extensively used in auto exhaust
0.75 max. systems.
430 S43000 0.12 1.0 1.0 0.04 0.030 16.0 - 18.0 0.75 Sheet Annealed 450 205 22 89 HRB Good combinations of corrosion resistance, formability and mechanical properties. Typical
applications include automotive trims, element supports, cold headed fasteners, refrigerator doors.
430F S43020 0.12 1.0 1.25 0.06 0.15 min. 16.0 - 18.0 Bar Annealed 550 380 25 262 HB 430F is a free machining version of 430, suitable for high speed machining. Corrosion resistance is
lower than 430.
F20S 0.02 0.1 0.2 0.03 0.003 20 N 0.01 Sheet and Annealed 460 320 30 160 HV Durionx F20S ia a newly developed ferritic alternative to 304.
Note 4 Ti + Nb 0.3 coil
F18MS S44400 0.025 1.0 1.0 0.040 0.030 17.5 - 19.5 1.75 - 2.50 1.00 N 0.035 Sheet and Annealed 415 275 20 96 HRB Molybdenum improves the pitting resistance. 444 is a ferritic alternative to 316.
(444) Note 5 coil
Ferritic/Austenitic (Duplex) stainless steels
2205 S31803 0.030 1.00 2.0 0.030 0.020 21.0 - 23.0 2.5 - 3.5 4.5 - 6.5 N 0.08 - 0.20 Plate Annealed 620 450 25 31 HRC 2205 microstructure is approximately 50% ferrite and 50% austenitic, which results in the steel
possessing high strength and hardness, and resistance to erosion, fatigue, stress corrosion cracking
and pitting and crevice corrosion. Applications in marine, chemical and petrochemical industries.
2 UR52N
+
S32520 0.030 0.80 1.50 0.035 0.020 24.0 - 26.0 3.0 5.5 - 8.0 N 0.20-0.35 Plate Annealed 770 550 25 310 HRB ‘Super Duplex’ grade exhibiting exceptional resistance to hot chlorides and sulphides with high
S13 S32550 4.0 Cu 0.5-2.0 strength. Applications in marine, chemical and petrochemical industries.
Martensitic stainless steels
410 S41000 0.15 1.00 1.00 0.040 0.030 11.5 - 13.5 0.75 Plate Annealed 450 205 20 96 HRB Resists dry atmospheres, fresh water, mild alkalines and acids, steam and hot gases. Must be
hardened for maximum heat and corrosion resistance. Typical applications include cold heading,
bolts, nuts and screws, pump parts and shafts, steam and gas turbine parts, mine ladder rungs.
420 S42000 0.15 1.00 1.00 0.040 0.030 12.0 - 14.0 Bar Annealed 655 345 25 241 HB Good resistance in the hardened condition to the atmosphere. Food, fresh water and mild
min typical typical typical alkalines or acids. Higher carbon hardenable grade. Typical applications include cutlery, surgical
instruments, shear blades, needle valves.
431 S43100 0.20 1.00 1.00 0.04 0.030 15.0 - 17.0 1.25 - 2.50 Bar Annealed 860 285 HRB Excellent resistance to a wide variety of corrosive media, approaching that of 304. High tensile and
typical torque strength. Pump and boat shafts, nuts, bolts and marine hardware.
Precipitation hardening steel
630 S17400 0.07 1.00 1.00 0.04 0.03 15.0 - 17.5 3.0 - 5.0 Cu 3.0-5.0 Bar Solution 1105 1000 15 38 HRC Precipitation hardening (‘aging’) treatment after machining gives high strength without distortion.
Nb + Ta 0.15-0.45 treated typical typical typical Corrosion resistance similar to type 304. Pump shafts and valve spindles.
Note 1: Single values are maxima unless otherwise stated.

Note 2: Hardness specification limits given are HRB = Rockwell B scale, HRC = Rockwell C scale, HB = Brinell Hardness.
Note 3: Mechanical properties shown are for the commonly available form listed; properties of other forms for the grade may vary.
Note 4: Chemical composition and mechanical properties of F205 are typical.
Note 5: Ti + Nb = 0.20 + 4 (C+N) min, 0.80 max
Printed April 2008

SECTION 13: APPENDICES: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Product specifications
Stainless steel wire
ASTM A313 Chromium-nickel stainless and heat resisting steel spring wire.
ASTM A493 Stainless and heat resisting steel for cold heading and cold forging wire.
ASTM A580 Stainless and heat resisting steel wire.
ASTM A581 Free machining stainless and heat resisting steel wire and wire rods.
ASTM A555/A555M General requirements for stainless and heat resisting steel wire and wire rods.
JIS G4309 Stainless steel wires.
JIS G4314 Stainless steel wires for springs.
Welding wire
AWS A5.4 Specification for covered corrosion resisting chromium and chromium-nickel steel
welding electrodes.
AWS A5.9 Specification for corrosion resisting chromium and chromium-nickel steel bare and
composite metal cored and stranded welding electrodes and welding rods.
Stainless steel bar

ASTM A276 Stainless and heat resisting steel bars and shapes.
3
ASTM A564/A564M Hot rolled and cold finished age-hardening stainless and heat resisting steel bars and shapes.
S13
ASTM A582 Free machining stainless and heat resisting steel bars and hot rolled or cold finished.
ASTM A193/A193M Alloy steels and stainless steel bolting materials for high temperature service.
ASTM A194/A194M Carbon and alloy steel nuts for bolts for high pressure and high temperature service.
ASTM A320/A320M Alloy steel bolting materials for low temperature service.
ASTM A453/A453M Bolting materials, high temperature 345 to 827MPa yield strength with expansion
co-efficients comparable to austenitic steels.
ASTM A479/A479M Stainless and heat resisting steel bars and shapes for use in boilers and other pressure vessels.
ASTM A484/A484M General requirements for stainless and heat resisting steel bars, billets and forgings.
EN 10088-3 Stainless steels – Part 3: Technical delivery conditions for semi-finished products, bars,
rods and sections for general purposes.
Stainless steel hollow bar

ASTM A511 Seamless stainless steel mechanical tubing.
ASTM A450/A450M General requirements for carbon, ferritic alloy and austenitic alloy tubes.
DIN 17 456 General purpose seamless circular stainless steel tubes – ferritic and austenitic.

Stainless steel flat product

ASTM A167 Stainless and heat resisting chromium-nickel steel plate, sheet and strip.
ASTM A176 Stainless and heat resisting chromium steel plate, sheet and strip.
ASTM A240/A240M Chromium and chromium-nickel stainless steel plate, sheet and strip for pressure
vessels and general applications.
ASTM A263 Corrosion resisting chromium steel clad plate, sheet and strip.
ASTM A264 Stainless chromium-nickel steel clad plate, sheet and strip.
ASTM A265 Nickel and nickel base alloy clad steel plate.
ASTM A666 Austenitic stainless steel sheet, strip, plate and flat bar for structural applications.
ASTM A480/A480M General requirements for flat rolled stainless and heat resisting steel plate, sheet and strip.
EN 10088-2 Stainless steels – Part 2: Technical delivery conditions for sheet/plate and strip for general
purposes.
Higher austenitic
ASTM B625 UNS N08904 plate, sheet and strip.
Stainless steel pipe

ASTM A312/A312M Seamless and welded austenitic stainless steel pipe.
ASTM A358/A358M Electric-Fusion-Welded (EFW) austenitic chromium-nickel alloy steel pipe for high temperature
service.
ASTM A409/A409M Welded large diameter austenitic steel pipe for corrosive or high temperature service.
ASTM A731/A731M Seamless and welded ferritic and martensitic stainless steel pipe.
ASTM A790/A790M Seamless and welded ferritic/austenitic stainless steel pipe.
4 ASTM A450/A450M General requirements for carbon, ferritic alloy and austenitic alloy steel tubes.
S13 ASTM A530/A530M General requirements for specialised carbon and alloy steel pipe.
ASTM A999/A999M General requirements for alloy and stainless steel pipe.
JIS G3459 Stainless steel pipes.
ANSI/ASME B36.10M Welded and seamless wrought steel pipe.
ANSI/ASME B36.19M Stainless steel pipe.
Higher austenitic
ASTM A673 UNS N08904 welded pipe.
ASTM A677 UNS N08904 seamless pipe and tube.
Low alloy steel bar

AS 1444 Wrought alloy steels – standard and hardenability (H) series and hardened and tempered to
designated mechanical strengths.
ASTM A331 Steel bars, alloy, cold finished.
ASTM A434 Steel bars, alloy, hot wrought or cold finished, quenched and tempered.
ASTM A29/A29M Steel bars, carbon and alloy, hot wrought and cold finished; general requirements.
BS 970 Wrought steels for mechanical and allied engineering purposes.
ASTM A304 Steel bars, alloy, subject to end quench hardenability requirements.

Stainless steel pipe fittings and flanges

ASTM A182/A182M Forged or rolled alloy steel pipe flanges, forged fittings and valves and parts for high
temperature service.
ASTM A403/A403M Wrought austenitic stainless steel piping fittings.
ASTM A815/A815M Wrought ferritic, ferritic/austenitic and martensitic stainless steel piping fittings.
AS 2129 Flanges for pipes, valves and fittings.
ANSI/ASME B1.20.1 Pipe threads, general purpose (inch).
ANSI B16.5 Steel pipe flanges and flanged fittings.
ANSI B16.9 Factory-made wrought steel butt-welding fittings.
ANSI B16.11 Forged steel fittings socket-welding and threaded.
ANSI B16.25 Butt-welding ends.
MSS SP43 Wrought stainless steel butt-welding fittings.
BS21 Threading - refer also AS ISO 7-1
ISO 4144 Stainless steel fittings threaded to ISO 7-1.
Stainless steel tube and fittings

ASTM A213/A213M Seamless ferritic and austenitic alloy steel boiler, superheater and heat exchanger tubes.
ASTM A249/A249M Welded austenitic steel boiler, superheater, heat exchanger and condenser tubes.
ASTM A269 Seamless and welded austenitic stainless steel tubing for general purposes.
ASTM A270 Seamless and welded austenitic stainless steel sanitary tubing.
ASTM A450/A450M General requirements for carbon, ferritic alloy and austenitic alloy steel tubes. 5
ASTM A554 Welded stainless steel mechanical tubing. S13
ASTM A791/A791M Welded unannealed ferritic stainless steel tubing.

ASTM A789/A789M Seamless and welded ferritic/austenitic stainless steel tubing for general service.
AS 1163 Structural steel hollow sections (dimensional tolerances).
AS 1528, Parts 1 to 4 Tubes (stainless steel) and tube fittings for the food industry.
Higher austenitic
ASTM B674 UNS N08904 welded tube.
ASTM B677 UNS N08904 seamless pipe and tube.
Carbon and alloy steel hollow bar

ASTM A519 Seamless carbon and alloy steel mechanical tubing.
ISO 2938 Hollow bars for machining.
DIN 1629 Seamless circular unalloyed steel tubes – special purposes.

Carbon steel bar products

AS 1442 Carbon steels and carbon manganese steels – hot rolled bars and semi-finished product.
AS 1443 Carbon steels and carbon manganese steels – cold finished bars.
ASTM A576 Steel bars, carbon, hot wrought, special quality.
JIS G4051 Carbon steels for machine structural use.
Carbon steel pipe, tube and fittings

ASTM A179/A179M Seamless cold drawn low alloy steel heat exchanger and condenser tubes.
API 5L Line pipe.
ASTM A53M Black and zinc coated welded and seamless steel pipe.
ASTM A106M Seamless carbon steel pipe for high temperature service.
ASTM A105M Carbon steel forgings for piping applications.
ASTM A234M Piping fittings of wrought carbon steel and alloy steel for moderate and high temperature service.
BS 3799 Steel pipe fittings, screwed and socket welding for the petroleum industry.
AS 1163 Structural steel hollow sections.
AS 1074 Steel tubes and tubular for ordinary service.
BS 13872 Screwed and socketed steel tube and tubulars.
EN 10241 Steel threaded pipe fittings.
6
S13

SECTION 13: APPENDICES: GRADE COLOUR CODES
Grade Colour Codes

Grade Colour Codes
Grade colour codes
Stainless steels Alloy steels Carbon steels
Grade Colour Grade Colour Grade Colour Grade Colour
303 Light blue AtlasCR12 No colour 4140 Blue+green U1004 No colour
304 Lilac 409 Blue X4150 Hot pink+green 1010 Black
304L Aqua green 410 Grey 4340 Orange+green 1020 Yellow
310 Brown 416 Beige En25 Green+green 1030 White
316 Dark green 420 Hot pink En26 Black+green 1040 Tan
316L Orange 430 White 4620 Grey+red 1045 Green
321 Black 431 Red 8620 White+red X1112 Light green
253MA Serpentine 440C Yellow 17CrNiMo6 Black+red 1146 Orange
2205 Lime green 630 (17/4PH) Sunflower En36A Red+red 1214 Hot pink
En39B Yellow+red 12L14 Purple
CHB Yellow
Stainless Steel Bar, Pipe and Plate

ASTM A276, ASTM A312, ASTM A240 – or Equivalent Specifications 7
S13
Grade Designation Standard AS2700/BS5252 Colour Name Usual Name
Atlas 303 Light Blue Light Blue

Atlas 304 Lilac Lilac
Atlas 304L Turquoise Aqua Green
Atlas 310 Golden Tan Tan
Atlas 316 Bottle Green Dark Green
Atlas 316L Marigold Orange
Atlas 321 Black Black
AtlasCR12 Natural No Colour
Atlas 410 Dark Grey Blue Grey
Atlas 416 Biscuit Beige
Atlas 420 Rose Pink Hot Pink
Atlas 430 White White
Atlas 430F Warm White Cream
Atlas 431 Signal Red Red
Atlas 440C Bluebell Blue
Atlas 630 Sunflower Sunflower
Atlas 2205 (Duplex) Lime Lime Green

SECTION 13: APPENDICES: GRADE COLOUR CODES
Note: “UGIMA” grades have a white variant colour either across the
Carbon Steel Bar cross section (as shown above) for 50mm and larger diameter bar or
as a white collar similar to alloy bar common colour making for
AS1442, AS1443 – or Equivalent Specifications smaller diameter bar bundles.
Grade Designation Standard AS2700/BS5252 Colour Name Usual Name Colour Tablet
1010 Black Black

1020/1021/1022 Custard Yellow
1030 White White
1040 Golden Tan Tan
1045 Jade Green
X1112 Serpentine Light Green
1146 Marigold Orange
1214 Rose Pink Hot Pink
12L14 Violet Purple
A two colour system is employed for the main grades of low alloy steel bar as shown above.
High Tensile Steel – common colour – Jade Green
Case Hardening Steels – common colour – Signal Red
Low Alloy Steel Bar

AS1444 – or Equivalent Specifications
Grade Designation Standard AS2700/BS5252 Colour Name Usual Name Colour
High Tensile First Colour Second Colour (Common) First Colour Second Colour (Common) Tablet
4140 Bluebell Jade Blue Green
X4150 Rose Pink Jade Hot Pink Green
4340 Marigold Jade Orange Green
En25 (X9931) Jade Jade Green Green
En (X9940) Black Jade Black Green
Case Hardening
Case Hardening
8 4620 Dark Grey Blue Signal Red Grey Red
S13
8620 White Signal Red White Red
En36A (X3312H) Signal Red Signal Red Red Red
En39B (X9315H) Custard Signal Red Yellow Red

Distribution Locations
VICTORIA NORTHERN TERRITORY NEW ZEALAND

Melbourne Darwin Auckland
Lynch Road Lot 2847, Pruen Road 66 Harris Road
BROOKLYN VIC 3012 BERRIMAH NT 0828 EAST TAMAKI
Telephone: (03) 9272 9999 Telephone: (08) 8947 2717 Telephone: (09) 634 0179
Facsimile: (03) 9272 9950 Facsimile: (08) 8947 4010 Facsimile: (09) 634 0172
Email: vicsales@atlasmetals.com.au Email: ntsales@atlasmetals.com.au Email: nzsales@atlasmetals.co.nz
Shepparton WESTERN AUSTRALIA
14 McHarry Place Auckland
SHEPPARTON VIC 3630 Perth 308 Neilson Street
Telephone: (03) 5831 5499 407 Victoria Road ONEHUNGA
Facsimile: (03) 5831 7955 MALAGA WA 6090 P.O. Box 13-249
Email: vicsales@atlasmetals.com.au Telephone: (08) 9209 9699 Telephone: (09) 634 0179
Sales Fax: (08) 9249 2644 Facsimile: (09) 634 0172
Wodonga Email: wasales@atlasmetals.com.au Email: nzsales@atlasmetals.co.nz
16 Moloney Drive
WODONGA VIC 3690 Kalgoorlie
Telephone: (02) 6056 7211 Lot 117 Kinclaven Way Christchurch
Facsimile: (02) 6056 7944 WEST KALGOORLIE WA 6430 17 Hammersmith Drive
Email: vicsales@atlasmetals.com.au Telephone: (08) 9022 3911 SOCKBURN
Facsimile: (08) 9022 3955 Telephone: (03) 977 9000
TASMANIA Email: wasales@atlasmetals.com.au Facsimile: (03) 977 9001
Launceston Email: nzsales@atlasmetals.co.nz
QUEENSLAND
2-4 Derby Street
MOWBRAY TAS 7248 Brisbane
Dunedin
Telephone: (03) 6326 6055 40 Coulson Street
8 Kitchener Street
Facsimile: (03) 6326 6145 WACOL QLD 4076
DUNEDIN
Email: vicsales@atlasmetals.com.au Telephone: (07) 3246 9999
Telephone: (03) 477 2793
Sales: (07) 3246 9988
NEW SOUTH WALES Facsimile: (03) 477 1383
Facsimile: (07) 3246 9966
Email: nzsales@atlasmetals.co.nz
Sydney
Email: qldsales@atlasmetals.com.au
41 Lyn Parade Gladstone
Hamilton
PRESTONS NSW 2170 15 Bassett Street
Telephone: (02) 9825 7500 52 The Boulevard
GLADSTONE QLD 4680
Facsimile: (02) 9825 7510 TE RAPA
Telephone: (07) 4976 9088
Email: nswsales@atlasmetals.com.au Telephone: (07) 850 1723
Facsimile: (07) 4976 9544
Facsimile: (07) 850 1724
Newcastle
Email: gladstonesales@atlasmetals.com.au
12 Pippita Close Mackay
Wellington
BERESFIELD NSW 2322 42A Commercial Avenue
Telephone: (02) 4922 5566 3-30 Port Road
PAGET QLD 4740
Facsimile: (02) 4922 5565 SEAVIEW, LOWER HUTT
Telephone: (07) 4952 3455
Email: nswsales@atlasmetals.com.au Telephone: (04) 576 1884
Facsimile: (07) 4952 3378
Facsimile: (04) 568 4034
Email: mackaysales@atlasmetals.com.au
SOUTH AUSTRALIA Email: nzsales@atlasmetals.co.nz
Townsville
Adelaide
27– 41 Toll Street
9 Capelli Road
BOHLE QLD 4818
WINGFIELD SA 5013
Telephone: (07) 4774 7316
Telephone: (08) 8359 1100
Facsimile: (07) 4774 7304
Facsimile: (08) 8359 1122
Email: townsvillesales@atlasmetals.com.au
Email: sasales@atlasmetals.com.au
STRONG IN METALS SINCE 1918

Atlas Product Manual

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Atlas Product Manual

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Product Reference Manual

Australia 1300 METALS NZ 0508 2ATLAS

1 Introduction – Stainless and Special Metals

2 Stainless Flat Product

3 DurinoxTM Ferritic Stainless Steels Sheet, Coil and Plate

4 Stainless Steel Pipe and Fittings

5 Stainless Steel Tube and Fittings

6 Carbon Steel Pipe and Fittings

7 Stainless Steel Sections

10 DurinoxTM Stainless Steel Reinforcing Bar

12 Product Support Services

Australia Sales: 1300 METALS

New Zealand Sales: 0508 2ATLAS

Project Services: +61 (3) 9272 9999

For branch details please refer to back cover

Photography courtesy of Tieman, Stoddart, Outokumpu, Macweld and *Corbis (copyright).

This Reference Manual provides information on the range and grades of 1

information that may be of interest to users and outlines the processing

Atlas Specialty Metals The Company

Conducting business with Atlas Specialty Metals

• a comprehensive range of specialty metal products;

• locations in all States of Australia, New Zealand, and S.E.Asia;

• nationally integrated, computer-based stocking and inventory control systems;

• extensive global product sourcing network from reputable mills;

Printed April 2008 www.atlasmetals.com.au

• a national quality system accredited to ISO9001;

• trained technical support personnel and NATA-accredited laboratory;

• project services dedicated to supplying products to major resource and infrastructure

Terms and conditions of sale

Printed April 2008 www.atlasmetals.com.au

The grades and properties of

The families of stainless steel

• higher work hardening rate;

• higher strength and hardness;

• higher hot strength;

• higher corrosion resistance;

• higher cryogenic toughness; and

• lower magnetic response (for austenitic only).

Printed April 2008 www.atlasmetals.com.au

Austenitic stainless steels

Additional elements can be added such as molybdenum, titanium or copper, to modify

The characteristics of the austenitic stainless steels are:

• good corrosion resistance;

• weldable using standard methods and equipment;

• stable austenite structure at all temperatures;

• cannot be hardened by heat treatment;

• harden rapidly when cold worked;

• good strength and scaling resistance at high temperatures;

• excellent cryogenic properties; and

• non-magnetic when annealed.

Ferritic stainless steels

The characteristics of the ferritic grades are:

• good resistance to corrosion, but generally not as good as the austenitics;

• not as readily welded as austenitics;

• cannot be hardened by heat treatment;

• can only be moderately hardened by cold work;

• not suitable for use at very low temperatures;

• stable ferrite structure at all temperatures; and

• immune from chloride stress corrosion cracking.

Printed April 2008 www.atlasmetals.com.au

Martensitic stainless steels

• hardenable by heat treatment (quenching and tempering);

• have moderate corrosion resistance.

Precipitation hardening stainless steels